| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* | 
| Johannes Berg | 3017b80 | 2007-08-28 17:01:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2 |  * mac80211 <-> driver interface | 
 | 3 |  * | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4 |  * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. | 
 | 5 |  * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 |  * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 7 |  * | 
 | 8 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
 | 9 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as | 
 | 10 |  * published by the Free Software Foundation. | 
 | 11 |  */ | 
 | 12 |  | 
 | 13 | #ifndef MAC80211_H | 
 | 14 | #define MAC80211_H | 
 | 15 |  | 
 | 16 | #include <linux/kernel.h> | 
 | 17 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> | 
 | 18 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include <linux/device.h> | 
 | 20 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include <net/cfg80211.h> | 
| Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include <asm/unaligned.h> | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 23 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | /** | 
 | 25 |  * DOC: Introduction | 
 | 26 |  * | 
 | 27 |  * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements | 
 | 28 |  * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document | 
 | 29 |  * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware | 
 | 30 |  * drivers. | 
 | 31 |  */ | 
 | 32 |  | 
 | 33 | /** | 
 | 34 |  * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts | 
 | 35 |  * | 
 | 36 |  * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 37 |  * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any | 
 | 38 |  * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such | 
 | 39 |  * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 40 |  * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even | 
 | 41 |  * tasklet function. | 
 | 42 |  * | 
 | 43 |  * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |  *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions! | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |  */ | 
 | 46 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | /** | 
 | 48 |  * DOC: Warning | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 49 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 50 |  * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will | 
 | 51 |  * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. | 
 | 52 |  */ | 
 | 53 |  | 
 | 54 | /** | 
 | 55 |  * DOC: Frame format | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 56 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 57 |  * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, | 
 | 58 |  * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are | 
 | 59 |  * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the | 
 | 60 |  * hardware. | 
 | 61 |  * | 
 | 62 |  * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: | 
 | 63 |  * | 
 | 64 |  * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload | 
 | 65 |  * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. | 
 | 66 |  * | 
 | 67 |  * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to | 
 | 68 |  * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. | 
 | 69 |  * | 
 | 70 |  * Finally, for received frames, the driver is able to indicate that it has | 
 | 71 |  * filled a radiotap header and put that in front of the frame; if it does | 
 | 72 |  * not do so then mac80211 may add this under certain circumstances. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |  */ | 
 | 74 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 76 |  * DOC: mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 77 |  * | 
 | 78 |  * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. | 
 | 79 |  * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by | 
 | 80 |  * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the | 
 | 81 |  * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. | 
 | 82 |  * | 
 | 83 |  * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during | 
 | 84 |  * suspend. | 
 | 85 |  * | 
 | 86 |  * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. | 
 | 87 |  * | 
 | 88 |  */ | 
 | 89 |  | 
 | 90 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 91 |  * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues | 
 | 92 |  * | 
 | 93 |  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 94 |  */ | 
 | 95 | enum ieee80211_max_queues { | 
| Johannes Berg | 51b3814 | 2009-03-12 11:16:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | 	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		4, | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | }; | 
 | 98 |  | 
 | 99 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4bce22b | 2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 100 |  * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 | 
 | 101 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice | 
 | 102 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video | 
 | 103 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort | 
 | 104 |  * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background | 
 | 105 |  */ | 
 | 106 | enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { | 
 | 107 | 	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0, | 
 | 108 | 	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1, | 
 | 109 | 	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2, | 
 | 110 | 	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3, | 
 | 111 | }; | 
| Johannes Berg | 948d887 | 2011-09-29 16:04:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | #define IEEE80211_NUM_ACS	4 | 
| Johannes Berg | 4bce22b | 2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 113 |  | 
 | 114 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 115 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration | 
 | 116 |  * | 
 | 117 |  * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 118 |  * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 119 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 120 |  * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 121 |  * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form | 
 | 122 |  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 123 |  * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 124 |  * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled | 
| Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 125 |  * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 126 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | 	u16 txop; | 
| Johannes Berg | 3330d7be | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | 	u16 cw_min; | 
 | 130 | 	u16 cw_max; | 
| Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | 	u8 aifs; | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | 	bool uapsd; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | }; | 
 | 134 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { | 
 | 136 | 	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; | 
 | 137 | 	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; | 
 | 138 | 	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; | 
 | 139 | 	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; | 
 | 140 | }; | 
 | 141 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | /** | 
 | 143 |  * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags | 
 | 144 |  * | 
 | 145 |  * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback | 
 | 146 |  * to indicate which BSS parameter changed. | 
 | 147 |  * | 
 | 148 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), | 
 | 149 |  *	also implies a change in the AID. | 
 | 150 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed | 
 | 151 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 152 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed | 
| Tomas Winkler | 38668c0 | 2008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 153 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 154 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 155 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 156 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever | 
 | 157 |  *	reason (IBSS and managed mode) | 
 | 158 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve | 
 | 159 |  *	new beacon (beaconing modes) | 
 | 160 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be | 
 | 161 |  *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 162 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 164 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 165 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note | 
 | 166 |  *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 167 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 168 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP mode) | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 169 |  * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode) | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 170 |  */ | 
 | 171 | enum ieee80211_bss_change { | 
 | 172 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0, | 
 | 173 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1, | 
 | 174 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3, | 
| Alexander Simon | a7ce1c9 | 2011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | 	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4, | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5, | 
| Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7, | 
 | 180 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8, | 
 | 181 | 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | 	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | 	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | 	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12, | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | 	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | 	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | 	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | 	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16, | 
| Johannes Berg | ac8dd50 | 2010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 189 |  | 
 | 190 | 	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | }; | 
 | 192 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | /* | 
 | 194 |  * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number | 
 | 195 |  * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP | 
 | 196 |  * filtering will be disabled. | 
 | 197 |  */ | 
 | 198 | #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 | 
 | 199 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | /** | 
| Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 201 |  * enum ieee80211_rssi_event - RSSI threshold event | 
 | 202 |  * An indicator for when RSSI goes below/above a certain threshold. | 
 | 203 |  * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi crossed the high threshold set by the driver. | 
 | 204 |  * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi crossed the low threshold set by the driver. | 
 | 205 |  */ | 
 | 206 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event { | 
 | 207 | 	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH, | 
 | 208 | 	RSSI_EVENT_LOW, | 
 | 209 | }; | 
 | 210 |  | 
 | 211 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 212 |  * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters | 
 | 213 |  * | 
 | 214 |  * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association | 
 | 215 |  * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. | 
 | 216 |  * | 
 | 217 |  * @assoc: association status | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 218 |  * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS | 
 | 219 |  *	or not | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 220 |  * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true | 
 | 221 |  * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection | 
| Johannes Berg | 7a5158e | 2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 222 |  * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble; | 
 | 223 |  *	if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the | 
 | 224 |  *	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE hardware flag | 
 | 225 |  * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP); | 
 | 226 |  *	if the hardware cannot handle this it must set the | 
 | 227 |  *	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE hardware flag | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 228 |  * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 229 |  *	valid in station mode only while @assoc is true and if also | 
 | 230 |  *	requested by %IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD (cf. also hw conf | 
 | 231 |  *	@ps_dtim_period) | 
| Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 232 |  * @timestamp: beacon timestamp | 
 | 233 |  * @beacon_int: beacon interval | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 234 |  * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp | 
| Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 235 |  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an | 
 | 236 |  *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in | 
 | 237 |  *	the current band. | 
| Felix Fietkau | dd5b4cc | 2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 238 |  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 239 |  * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS | 
 | 240 |  * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not | 
| Johannes Berg | 0aaffa9 | 2010-05-05 15:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 241 |  * @channel_type: Channel type for this BSS -- the hardware might be | 
 | 242 |  *	configured for HT40+ while this BSS only uses no-HT, for | 
 | 243 |  *	example. | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ed6bcc | 2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 244 |  * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode (like in &struct ieee80211_ht_info). | 
 | 245 |  *	This field is only valid when the channel type is one of the HT types. | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 246 |  * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value | 
 | 247 |  *	implies disabled | 
 | 248 |  * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 249 |  * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The | 
 | 250 |  *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. | 
 | 251 |  *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here | 
 | 252 |  *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. | 
 | 253 |  * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. | 
 | 254 |  * @arp_filter_enabled: Enable ARP filtering - if enabled, the hardware may | 
 | 255 |  *	filter ARP queries based on the @arp_addr_list, if disabled, the | 
 | 256 |  *	hardware must not perform any ARP filtering. Note, that the filter will | 
 | 257 |  *	be enabled also in promiscuous mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 258 |  * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 259 |  * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the | 
 | 260 |  *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what | 
 | 261 |  *	your driver/device needs to do. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 262 |  * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Only valid in AP-mode. | 
 | 263 |  * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid. | 
 | 264 |  * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 265 |  */ | 
 | 266 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | 	const u8 *bssid; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | 	/* association related data */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | 	bool assoc, ibss_joined; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | 	u16 aid; | 
 | 271 | 	/* erp related data */ | 
 | 272 | 	bool use_cts_prot; | 
 | 273 | 	bool use_short_preamble; | 
| Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | 	bool use_short_slot; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | 	bool enable_beacon; | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | 	u8 dtim_period; | 
| Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | 	u16 beacon_int; | 
 | 278 | 	u16 assoc_capability; | 
 | 279 | 	u64 timestamp; | 
| Johannes Berg | 881d948 | 2009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | 	u32 basic_rates; | 
| Felix Fietkau | dd5b4cc | 2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | 	int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ed6bcc | 2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | 	u16 ht_operation_mode; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | 	s32 cqm_rssi_thold; | 
 | 284 | 	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; | 
| Johannes Berg | 0aaffa9 | 2010-05-05 15:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | 	enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | 	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; | 
 | 287 | 	u8 arp_addr_cnt; | 
 | 288 | 	bool arp_filter_enabled; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | 	bool qos; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | 	bool idle; | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; | 
 | 292 | 	size_t ssid_len; | 
 | 293 | 	bool hidden_ssid; | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | }; | 
 | 295 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 297 |  * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 298 |  * | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 299 |  * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 300 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 7351c6b | 2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 301 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 302 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence | 
 | 303 |  *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment | 
 | 304 |  *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the | 
 | 305 |  *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly | 
 | 306 |  *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly | 
 | 307 |  *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from | 
 | 308 |  *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. | 
 | 309 |  *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to | 
 | 310 |  *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE | 
 | 311 |  *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for | 
 | 312 |  *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 313 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 314 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination | 
 | 315 |  *	station | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 316 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 317 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon | 
 | 318 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 319 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 320 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted | 
| Johannes Berg | ab5b534 | 2009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 321 |  *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to | 
 | 322 |  *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or | 
 | 323 |  *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station | 
 | 324 |  *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on | 
 | 325 |  *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for | 
 | 326 |  *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), | 
 | 327 |  *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the | 
 | 328 |  *	hardware queue. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 329 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged | 
 | 330 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status | 
 | 331 |  * 	is for the whole aggregation. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 429a380 | 2008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 332 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, | 
 | 333 |  * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR). | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 334 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be | 
 | 335 |  *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will | 
 | 336 |  *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) | 
| Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 337 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 338 |  *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before | 
 | 339 |  *	it can be sent out. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 340 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 341 |  *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS | 
| Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 342 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, | 
 | 343 |  *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 344 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll | 
 | 345 |  *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) and should be sent although the station | 
 | 346 |  *	is in powersave mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 347 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the | 
 | 348 |  *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used | 
 | 349 |  *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the | 
 | 350 |  *	queue gets full. | 
| Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 351 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted | 
 | 352 |  *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not | 
 | 353 |  *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 354 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 | 
 | 355 |  *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX | 
 | 356 |  *	status to user space) | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 357 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame | 
| Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 358 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this | 
 | 359 |  *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. | 
| Johannes Berg | 610dbc9 | 2011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 360 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on | 
 | 361 |  *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done | 
 | 362 |  *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be | 
 | 363 |  *	handled properly by the device. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 364 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP | 
 | 365 |  *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow | 
 | 366 |  *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested. | 
| Rajkumar Manoharan | aad14ce | 2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 367 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate. | 
 | 368 |  *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P | 
 | 369 |  *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band. | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 370 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period, | 
 | 371 |  *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in | 
 | 372 |  *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames | 
| Johannes Berg | deeaee1 | 2011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 373 |  *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for | 
 | 374 |  *	PS-Poll responses. | 
| Rajkumar Manoharan | b6f3530 | 2011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 375 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate. | 
 | 376 |  *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when | 
 | 377 |  *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose. | 
| Johannes Berg | a26eb27 | 2011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 378 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it | 
 | 379 |  *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for | 
 | 380 |  *	monitor injection). | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 381 |  * | 
 | 382 |  * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't | 
 | 383 |  *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 384 |  */ | 
 | 385 | enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0), | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1), | 
 | 388 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2), | 
 | 389 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3), | 
 | 390 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4), | 
 | 391 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5), | 
 | 392 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6), | 
 | 393 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7), | 
 | 394 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8), | 
 | 395 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9), | 
 | 396 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10), | 
 | 397 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11), | 
 | 398 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12), | 
| Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14), | 
| Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15), | 
| Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16), | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE		= BIT(17), | 
| Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18), | 
| Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19), | 
| Johannes Berg | 73b9f03 | 2011-10-07 14:01:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | 	/* hole at 20, use later */ | 
| Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21), | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22), | 
| Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24), | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25), | 
| Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26), | 
| Rajkumar Manoharan | aad14ce | 2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27), | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28), | 
| Rajkumar Manoharan | b6f3530 | 2011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29), | 
| Johannes Berg | a26eb27 | 2011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30), | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | }; | 
 | 416 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | abe37c4 | 2010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23 | 
 | 418 |  | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | /* | 
 | 420 |  * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are | 
 | 421 |  * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. | 
 | 422 |  */ | 
 | 423 | #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \ | 
 | 424 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \ | 
 | 425 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \ | 
 | 426 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \ | 
 | 427 | 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \ | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE |   \ | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \ | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) | 
| Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 431 |  | 
| Sujith | 2134e7e | 2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | /** | 
 | 433 |  * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the | 
 | 434 |  *	Rate Control algorithm. | 
 | 435 |  * | 
 | 436 |  * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, | 
 | 437 |  * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. | 
 | 438 |  * | 
 | 439 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. | 
 | 440 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. | 
 | 441 |  *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. | 
 | 442 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. | 
 | 443 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. | 
 | 444 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in | 
 | 445 |  *	Greenfield mode. | 
 | 446 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. | 
 | 447 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the | 
 | 448 |  *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is | 
 | 449 |  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. | 
 | 450 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. | 
 | 451 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { | 
 | 453 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0), | 
 | 454 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1), | 
 | 455 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2), | 
 | 456 |  | 
 | 457 | 	/* rate index is an MCS rate number instead of an index */ | 
 | 458 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3), | 
 | 459 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4), | 
 | 460 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5), | 
 | 461 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6), | 
 | 462 | 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7), | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | }; | 
 | 464 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 465 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ | 
 | 467 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 468 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ | 
 | 470 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 | 
 | 471 |  | 
 | 472 | /* maximum number of rate stages */ | 
 | 473 | #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	5 | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 474 |  | 
 | 475 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 476 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 477 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 478 |  * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with | 
 | 479 |  * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) | 
| Johannes Berg | e25cf4a | 2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 480 |  * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 481 |  * | 
 | 482 |  * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used | 
 | 483 |  * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. | 
 | 484 |  * | 
 | 485 |  * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should | 
 | 486 |  * always report the rate along with the flags it used. | 
| Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 487 |  * | 
 | 488 |  * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs | 
 | 489 |  * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate | 
 | 490 |  * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, | 
 | 491 |  * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the | 
 | 492 |  * information | 
 | 493 |  *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } | 
 | 494 |  * then this means that the frame should be transmitted | 
 | 495 |  * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four | 
 | 496 |  * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets | 
 | 497 |  * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status | 
 | 498 |  * information should then contain | 
 | 499 |  *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... | 
 | 500 |  * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 | 
 | 501 |  * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 502 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate { | 
 | 504 | 	s8 idx; | 
 | 505 | 	u8 count; | 
 | 506 | 	u8 flags; | 
| Gustavo F. Padovan | 3f30fc1 | 2010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | } __packed; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 508 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | /** | 
 | 510 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 511 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 512 |  * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: | 
 | 513 |  *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do | 
 | 514 |  *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable) | 
 | 515 |  *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened | 
 | 516 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 517 |  * The TX control's sta pointer is only valid during the ->tx call, | 
 | 518 |  * it may be NULL. | 
 | 519 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 520 |  * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 521 |  * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races) | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f4ac38 | 2008-10-09 12:18:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 522 |  * @antenna_sel_tx: antenna to use, 0 for automatic diversity | 
| Johannes Berg | a729cff | 2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 523 |  * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 524 |  * @control: union for control data | 
 | 525 |  * @status: union for status data | 
 | 526 |  * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 527 |  * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames. | 
| Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 528 |  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 529 |  * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames. | 
| Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 530 |  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 531 |  * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 532 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | struct ieee80211_tx_info { | 
 | 534 | 	/* common information */ | 
 | 535 | 	u32 flags; | 
 | 536 | 	u8 band; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 537 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | 	u8 antenna_sel_tx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 539 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | a729cff | 2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | 	u16 ack_frame_id; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 541 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | 	union { | 
 | 543 | 		struct { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | 			union { | 
 | 545 | 				/* rate control */ | 
 | 546 | 				struct { | 
 | 547 | 					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ | 
 | 548 | 						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 549 | 					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; | 
 | 550 | 				}; | 
 | 551 | 				/* only needed before rate control */ | 
 | 552 | 				unsigned long jiffies; | 
 | 553 | 			}; | 
| Johannes Berg | 25d834e | 2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | 			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | 			struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | 
 | 556 | 			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | 			struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | 		} control; | 
 | 559 | 		struct { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 561 | 			u8 ampdu_ack_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | 			int ack_signal; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | 			u8 ampdu_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | 095dfdb | 2010-05-26 17:19:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | 			/* 15 bytes free */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | 		} status; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | 		struct { | 
 | 567 | 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ | 
 | 568 | 				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | 
 | 569 | 			void *rate_driver_data[ | 
 | 570 | 				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | 
 | 571 | 		}; | 
 | 572 | 		void *driver_data[ | 
 | 573 | 			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | 	}; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | }; | 
 | 576 |  | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | bdfbe80 | 2011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 578 |  * struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies - scheduled scan IEs | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 579 |  * | 
 | 580 |  * This structure is used to pass the appropriate IEs to be used in scheduled | 
 | 581 |  * scans for all bands.  It contains both the IEs passed from the userspace | 
 | 582 |  * and the ones generated by mac80211. | 
 | 583 |  * | 
 | 584 |  * @ie: array with the IEs for each supported band | 
 | 585 |  * @len: array with the total length of the IEs for each band | 
 | 586 |  */ | 
 | 587 | struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies { | 
 | 588 | 	u8 *ie[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
 | 589 | 	size_t len[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
 | 590 | }; | 
 | 591 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 593 | { | 
 | 594 | 	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; | 
 | 595 | } | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 596 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 598 | { | 
 | 599 | 	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; | 
 | 600 | } | 
 | 601 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | /** | 
 | 603 |  * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status | 
 | 604 |  * | 
 | 605 |  * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. | 
 | 606 |  * | 
 | 607 |  * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report | 
 | 608 |  * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything | 
 | 609 |  * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear | 
 | 610 |  * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). | 
 | 611 |  * | 
 | 612 |  * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use | 
 | 613 |  *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data | 
 | 614 |  *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows. | 
 | 615 |  */ | 
 | 616 | static inline void | 
 | 617 | ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | 
 | 618 | { | 
 | 619 | 	int i; | 
 | 620 |  | 
 | 621 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | 
 | 622 | 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); | 
 | 623 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | 
 | 624 | 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); | 
 | 625 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); | 
 | 626 | 	/* clear the rate counts */ | 
 | 627 | 	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) | 
 | 628 | 		info->status.rates[i].count = 0; | 
 | 629 |  | 
 | 630 | 	BUILD_BUG_ON( | 
 | 631 | 	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len) != 23); | 
 | 632 | 	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0, | 
 | 633 | 	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) - | 
 | 634 | 	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len)); | 
 | 635 | } | 
 | 636 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 637 |  | 
 | 638 | /** | 
 | 639 |  * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags | 
 | 640 |  * | 
 | 641 |  * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. | 
 | 642 |  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. | 
 | 643 |  *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. | 
 | 644 |  * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 645 |  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, | 
 | 646 |  *	verification has been done by the hardware. | 
 | 647 |  * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV/ICV are stripped from this frame. | 
 | 648 |  *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection | 
 | 649 |  *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. | 
| Johannes Berg | 72abd81 | 2007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 650 |  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on | 
 | 651 |  *	the frame. | 
 | 652 |  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on | 
 | 653 |  *	the frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6ebacbb | 2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 654 |  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime | 
 | 655 |  *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU | 
 | 656 |  *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS | 
 | 657 |  *	merging. | 
| Bruno Randolf | b4f28bb | 2008-07-30 17:19:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 658 |  * @RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 659 |  * @RX_FLAG_HT: HT MCS was used and rate_idx is MCS index | 
 | 660 |  * @RX_FLAG_40MHZ: HT40 (40 MHz) was used | 
 | 661 |  * @RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 662 |  */ | 
 | 663 | enum mac80211_rx_flags { | 
 | 664 | 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR	= 1<<0, | 
 | 665 | 	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED	= 1<<1, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED	= 1<<3, | 
 | 667 | 	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED	= 1<<4, | 
| Johannes Berg | 72abd81 | 2007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC	= 1<<5, | 
 | 669 | 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | 6ebacbb | 2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | 	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU	= 1<<7, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | 	RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE	= 1<<8, | 
 | 672 | 	RX_FLAG_HT		= 1<<9, | 
 | 673 | 	RX_FLAG_40MHZ		= 1<<10, | 
 | 674 | 	RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI	= 1<<11, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | }; | 
 | 676 |  | 
 | 677 | /** | 
 | 678 |  * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status | 
 | 679 |  * | 
 | 680 |  * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset | 
 | 681 |  * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 682 |  * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 683 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | c132bec | 2008-02-18 11:20:51 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 684 |  * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function | 
 | 685 |  * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |  * @band: the active band when this frame was received | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 687 |  * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 688 |  * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or | 
 | 689 |  *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags | 
 | 690 |  *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |  * @antenna: antenna used | 
| Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 692 |  * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if | 
 | 693 |  *	HT rates are use (RX_FLAG_HT) | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 694 |  * @flag: %RX_FLAG_* | 
| Johannes Berg | 554891e | 2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 695 |  * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 696 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | struct ieee80211_rx_status { | 
 | 698 | 	u64 mactime; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | 	enum ieee80211_band band; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | 	int freq; | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | 	int signal; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | 	int antenna; | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | 	int rate_idx; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | 	int flag; | 
| Johannes Berg | 554891e | 2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | 	unsigned int rx_flags; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | }; | 
 | 707 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 709 |  * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags | 
 | 710 |  * | 
 | 711 |  * Flags to define PHY configuration options | 
 | 712 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 713 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this | 
 | 714 |  *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets | 
 | 715 |  *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags! | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 716 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). | 
 | 717 |  *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, | 
 | 718 |  *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to | 
 | 719 |  *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. | 
 | 720 |  *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, | 
 | 721 |  *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" | 
 | 722 |  *	for more. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 723 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set | 
 | 724 |  *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but | 
 | 725 |  *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will | 
 | 726 |  *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but | 
 | 727 |  *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 728 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main | 
 | 729 |  *	operating channel. | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 730 |  */ | 
 | 731 | enum ieee80211_conf_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0), | 
| Johannes Berg | ae5eb02 | 2008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1), | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2), | 
| Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3), | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | }; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 737 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7a5158e | 2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 738 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 740 |  * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed | 
 | 741 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 742 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 743 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 744 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 745 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 746 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 747 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 748 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 750 |  */ | 
 | 751 | enum ieee80211_conf_changed { | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2), | 
| Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4), | 
| Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5), | 
 | 757 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6), | 
 | 758 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7), | 
| Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8), | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | }; | 
 | 761 |  | 
 | 762 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 763 |  * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode | 
 | 764 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 765 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic | 
 | 766 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off | 
 | 767 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static | 
 | 768 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic | 
 | 769 |  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 770 |  */ | 
 | 771 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode { | 
 | 772 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, | 
 | 773 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, | 
 | 774 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, | 
 | 775 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, | 
 | 776 |  | 
 | 777 | 	/* keep last */ | 
 | 778 | 	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, | 
 | 779 | }; | 
 | 780 |  | 
 | 781 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 782 |  * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device | 
 | 783 |  * | 
 | 784 |  * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. | 
 | 785 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 786 |  * @flags: configuration flags defined above | 
 | 787 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 788 |  * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ccebe6 | 2009-04-23 10:32:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 789 |  * @max_sleep_period: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 790 |  *	before checking the beacon for a TIM bit (managed mode only); this | 
 | 791 |  *	value will be only achievable between DTIM frames, the hardware | 
 | 792 |  *	needs to check for the multicast traffic bit in DTIM beacons. | 
 | 793 |  *	This variable is valid only when the CONF_PS flag is set. | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 794 |  * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use | 
 | 795 |  *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon | 
 | 796 |  *	has been received and the DTIM period is known. | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 797 |  * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the | 
 | 798 |  *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when | 
 | 799 |  *	the CONF_PS flag is set. | 
 | 800 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 801 |  * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm) | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 802 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 803 |  * @channel: the channel to tune to | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 804 |  * @channel_type: the channel (HT) type | 
| Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 805 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 806 |  * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame | 
 | 807 |  *    (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, | 
 | 808 |  *    but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries | 
 | 809 |  * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" | 
 | 810 |  *    frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the | 
 | 811 |  *    number of transmissions not the number of retries | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 812 |  * | 
 | 813 |  * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that | 
 | 814 |  *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not | 
 | 815 |  *	configured for an HT channel | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 816 |  */ | 
 | 817 | struct ieee80211_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | 	u32 flags; | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | ff61638 | 2010-06-09 09:51:52 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | 	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; | 
| Johannes Berg | 9ccebe6 | 2009-04-23 10:32:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | 	int max_sleep_period; | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 821 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | 	u16 listen_interval; | 
| Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | 	u8 ps_dtim_period; | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 824 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | 	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; | 
 | 826 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | 	enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type; | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | 	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | }; | 
 | 831 |  | 
 | 832 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 833 |  * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data | 
 | 834 |  * | 
 | 835 |  * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch | 
 | 836 |  * operation. | 
 | 837 |  * | 
 | 838 |  * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization | 
 | 839 |  *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch | 
 | 840 |  *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter | 
 | 841 |  *	the driver passed into mac80211. | 
 | 842 |  * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the | 
 | 843 |  *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. | 
 | 844 |  * @channel: the new channel to switch to | 
 | 845 |  * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event | 
 | 846 |  */ | 
 | 847 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch { | 
 | 848 | 	u64 timestamp; | 
 | 849 | 	bool block_tx; | 
 | 850 | 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel; | 
 | 851 | 	u8 count; | 
 | 852 | }; | 
 | 853 |  | 
 | 854 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 855 |  * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data | 
 | 856 |  * | 
 | 857 |  * Data in this structure is continually present for driver | 
 | 858 |  * use during the life of a virtual interface. | 
 | 859 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 51fb61e | 2007-12-19 01:31:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 860 |  * @type: type of this virtual interface | 
| Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 861 |  * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own | 
 | 862 |  *	or the BSS we're associated to | 
| Johannes Berg | 47846c9 | 2009-11-25 17:46:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 863 |  * @addr: address of this interface | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 864 |  * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p | 
 | 865 |  *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 866 |  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to | 
 | 867 |  *	sizeof(void *). | 
 | 868 |  */ | 
 | 869 | struct ieee80211_vif { | 
| Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | 	enum nl80211_iftype type; | 
| Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; | 
| Johannes Berg | 47846c9 | 2009-11-25 17:46:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | 	bool p2p; | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | 	/* must be last */ | 
 | 875 | 	u8 drv_priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(sizeof(void *)))); | 
 | 876 | }; | 
 | 877 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 879 | { | 
 | 880 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH | 
| Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | 	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; | 
| Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | #endif | 
 | 883 | 	return false; | 
 | 884 | } | 
 | 885 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 887 |  * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags | 
 | 888 |  * | 
 | 889 |  * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver | 
 | 890 |  * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. | 
 | 891 |  * | 
 | 892 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates | 
 | 893 |  *	that the STA this key will be used with could be using QoS. | 
 | 894 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the | 
 | 895 |  *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this | 
 | 896 |  *	particular key. | 
 | 897 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by | 
 | 898 |  *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC | 
 | 899 |  *	generation in software. | 
| Ivo van Doorn | c6adbd2 | 2008-04-17 21:11:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 900 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates | 
 | 901 |  *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 1f7d77a | 2009-01-08 13:32:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 902 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT: This flag should be set by the driver for a | 
 | 903 |  *	CCMP key if it requires CCMP encryption of management frames (MFP) to | 
 | 904 |  *	be done in software. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 077a915 | 2011-10-23 08:21:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 905 |  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver | 
 | 906 |  *	for a CCMP key if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV | 
 | 907 |  *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with | 
 | 908 |  *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 909 |  */ | 
 | 910 | enum ieee80211_key_flags { | 
 | 911 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA	= 1<<0, | 
 | 912 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV	= 1<<1, | 
 | 913 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC= 1<<2, | 
| Ivo van Doorn | c6adbd2 | 2008-04-17 21:11:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE	= 1<<3, | 
| Jouni Malinen | 1f7d77a | 2009-01-08 13:32:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT	= 1<<4, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 077a915 | 2011-10-23 08:21:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = 1<<5, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | }; | 
 | 918 |  | 
 | 919 | /** | 
 | 920 |  * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information | 
 | 921 |  * | 
 | 922 |  * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by | 
 | 923 |  * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. | 
 | 924 |  * | 
 | 925 |  * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver | 
 | 926 |  *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 927 |  *	encrypted in hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 928 |  * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 929 |  * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. | 
 | 930 |  * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) | 
 | 931 |  * @keylen: key material length | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | ffd7891 | 2008-06-21 10:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 932 |  * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) | 
 | 933 |  * 	data block: | 
 | 934 |  * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) | 
 | 935 |  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) | 
 | 936 |  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 937 |  * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type | 
 | 938 |  * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 939 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | struct ieee80211_key_conf { | 
| Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | 	u32 cipher; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 76708de | 2008-10-05 18:02:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | 	u8 icv_len; | 
 | 943 | 	u8 iv_len; | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | 	u8 hw_key_idx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | 	u8 flags; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | 	s8 keyidx; | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | 	u8 keylen; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | 	u8 key[0]; | 
 | 949 | }; | 
 | 950 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | /** | 
 | 952 |  * enum set_key_cmd - key command | 
 | 953 |  * | 
 | 954 |  * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | 
 | 955 |  * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. | 
 | 956 |  * | 
 | 957 |  * @SET_KEY: a key is set | 
 | 958 |  * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled | 
 | 959 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | enum set_key_cmd { | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | 	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | }; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 963 |  | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 965 |  * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry | 
 | 966 |  * | 
 | 967 |  * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly | 
 | 968 |  * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in | 
 | 969 |  * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must | 
 | 970 |  * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, | 
 | 971 |  * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 972 |  * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 973 |  * | 
 | 974 |  * @addr: MAC address | 
 | 975 |  * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP | 
| Johannes Berg | 323ce79 | 2008-09-11 02:45:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 976 |  * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band) | 
| Johannes Berg | ae5eb02 | 2008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 977 |  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own TX capabilities | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 39df600 | 2011-06-27 23:58:45 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 978 |  * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports WME. Only valid during AP-mode. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 979 |  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to | 
 | 980 |  *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. | 
| Eliad Peller | 910868d | 2011-09-11 09:46:55 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 981 |  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid | 
 | 982 |  *	if wme is supported. | 
 | 983 |  * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 984 |  */ | 
 | 985 | struct ieee80211_sta { | 
| Johannes Berg | 881d948 | 2009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | 	u32 supp_rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | 
 | 988 | 	u16 aid; | 
| Johannes Berg | d9fe60d | 2008-10-09 12:13:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 39df600 | 2011-06-27 23:58:45 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | 	bool wme; | 
| Eliad Peller | 9533b4a | 2011-08-23 14:37:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | 	u8 uapsd_queues; | 
 | 992 | 	u8 max_sp; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 993 |  | 
 | 994 | 	/* must be last */ | 
 | 995 | 	u8 drv_priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(sizeof(void *)))); | 
 | 996 | }; | 
 | 997 |  | 
 | 998 | /** | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 999 |  * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command | 
 | 1000 |  * | 
 | 1001 |  * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | 
| Sujith | 38a6cc7 | 2010-05-19 11:32:30 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 |  * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. | 
| Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 |  * | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 |  * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping | 
 | 1005 |  * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up | 
 | 1006 |  */ | 
| Christian Lamparter | 89fad57 | 2008-12-09 16:28:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | enum sta_notify_cmd { | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | 	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, | 
 | 1009 | }; | 
 | 1010 |  | 
 | 1011 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 |  * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags | 
 | 1013 |  * | 
 | 1014 |  * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to | 
 | 1015 |  * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning | 
 | 1016 |  * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting | 
 | 1017 |  * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, | 
 | 1018 |  * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. | 
 | 1019 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | af65cd9 | 2009-11-17 18:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: | 
 | 1021 |  *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be | 
 | 1022 |  *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm | 
 | 1023 |  *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace | 
 | 1024 |  *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control | 
 | 1025 |  *	algorithm. | 
 | 1026 |  *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of | 
 | 1027 |  *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have | 
 | 1028 |  *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config | 
 | 1029 |  *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot | 
 | 1030 |  *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for | 
 | 1031 |  *	CCK frames. | 
 | 1032 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: | 
 | 1034 |  *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include | 
 | 1035 |  *	the FCS at the end. | 
 | 1036 |  * | 
 | 1037 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: | 
 | 1038 |  *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames | 
 | 1039 |  *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others | 
 | 1040 |  *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used | 
 | 1041 |  *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and | 
 | 1042 |  *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 |  *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE: | 
 | 1046 |  *	Hardware is not capable of short slot operation on the 2.4 GHz band. | 
 | 1047 |  * | 
 | 1048 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE: | 
 | 1049 |  *	Hardware is not capable of receiving frames with short preamble on | 
 | 1050 |  *	the 2.4 GHz band. | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 |  * | 
 | 1052 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: | 
 | 1053 |  *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We | 
 | 1054 |  *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal. | 
 | 1055 |  *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. | 
 | 1056 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: | 
 | 1058 |  *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from | 
 | 1059 |  *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized | 
 | 1060 |  *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. | 
 | 1061 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | 06ff47b | 2008-06-18 17:53:44 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: | 
 | 1063 |  * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h | 
 | 1064 |  * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC | 
| Sujith | 8b30b1f | 2008-10-24 09:55:27 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 |  * | 
 | 1066 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: | 
 | 1067 |  *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. | 
| Kalle Valo | 520eb82 | 2008-12-18 23:35:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: | 
 | 1070 |  *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). | 
 | 1071 |  * | 
 | 1072 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: | 
 | 1073 |  *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies | 
 | 1074 |  *	stack support for dynamic PS. | 
 | 1075 |  * | 
 | 1076 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: | 
 | 1077 |  *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS. | 
| Jouni Malinen | 4375d08 | 2009-01-08 13:32:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 |  * | 
 | 1079 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: | 
 | 1080 |  *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 |  * | 
 | 1082 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER: | 
 | 1083 |  *	Hardware supports dropping of irrelevant beacon frames to | 
 | 1084 |  *	avoid waking up cpu. | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 |  * | 
 | 1086 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS: | 
 | 1087 |  *	Hardware supports static spatial multiplexing powersave, | 
 | 1088 |  *	ie. can turn off all but one chain even on HT connections | 
 | 1089 |  *	that should be using more chains. | 
 | 1090 |  * | 
 | 1091 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS: | 
 | 1092 |  *	Hardware supports dynamic spatial multiplexing powersave, | 
 | 1093 |  *	ie. can turn off all but one chain and then wake the rest | 
 | 1094 |  *	up as required after, for example, rts/cts handshake. | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 |  * | 
 | 1096 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: | 
 | 1097 |  *	Hardware supports Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery | 
 | 1098 |  *	(U-APSD) in managed mode. The mode is configured with | 
 | 1099 |  *	conf_tx() operation. | 
| Vivek Natarajan | 375177b | 2010-02-09 14:50:28 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 |  * | 
 | 1101 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: | 
 | 1102 |  *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to | 
 | 1103 |  *	the stack. | 
 | 1104 |  * | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: | 
 | 1106 |  *      The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including | 
 | 1107 |  *      periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. | 
 | 1108 |  *      When this flag is set, signaling beacon-loss will cause an immediate | 
 | 1109 |  *      change to disassociated state. | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 |  * | 
 | 1111 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: | 
 | 1112 |  *	Hardware can do connection quality monitoring - i.e. it can monitor | 
 | 1113 |  *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and | 
 | 1114 |  *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. | 
 | 1115 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD: | 
 | 1117 |  *	This device needs to know the DTIM period for the BSS before | 
 | 1118 |  *	associating. | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 |  * | 
 | 1120 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports | 
 | 1121 |  *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If | 
 | 1122 |  *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not | 
 | 1123 |  *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still | 
 | 1124 |  *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag | 
 | 1125 |  *	only in that case. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 |  * | 
 | 1127 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device | 
 | 1128 |  *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When | 
 | 1129 |  *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected | 
 | 1130 |  *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. | 
 | 1131 |  *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure | 
 | 1132 |  *	the PS mode of connected stations. | 
| Arik Nemtsov | edf6b78 | 2011-08-30 09:32:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 |  * | 
 | 1134 |  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session | 
 | 1135 |  *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in | 
 | 1136 |  *	software. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 |  */ | 
 | 1138 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags { | 
| Johannes Berg | af65cd9 | 2009-11-17 18:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | 	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL			= 1<<0, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | 	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS			= 1<<1, | 
 | 1141 | 	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING	= 1<<2, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | 	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE		= 1<<3, | 
 | 1143 | 	IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE	= 1<<4, | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC			= 1<<5, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7fee537 | 2009-01-30 11:13:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM				= 1<<6, | 
| Johannes Berg | e5b900d | 2010-07-29 16:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | 	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD			= 1<<7, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7fee537 | 2009-01-30 11:13:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT			= 1<<8, | 
 | 1148 | 	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION			= 1<<9, | 
 | 1149 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS			= 1<<10, | 
 | 1150 | 	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK			= 1<<11, | 
 | 1151 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS		= 1<<12, | 
 | 1152 | 	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE			= 1<<13, | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | 	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER			= 1<<14, | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_STATIC_SMPS		= 1<<15, | 
 | 1155 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_SMPS		= 1<<16, | 
| Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD			= 1<<17, | 
| Vivek Natarajan | 375177b | 2010-02-09 14:50:28 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | 	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS		= 1<<18, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | 	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR			= 1<<19, | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI			= 1<<20, | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK		= 1<<21, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | 	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS				= 1<<22, | 
| Arik Nemtsov | edf6b78 | 2011-08-30 09:32:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | 	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW		= 1<<23, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | }; | 
 | 1164 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | /** | 
 | 1166 |  * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 |  * | 
 | 1168 |  * This structure contains the configuration and hardware | 
 | 1169 |  * information for an 802.11 PHY. | 
 | 1170 |  * | 
 | 1171 |  * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this | 
 | 1172 |  *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev | 
 | 1173 |  *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 |  *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported | 
 | 1175 |  *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 |  * | 
 | 1177 |  * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. | 
 | 1178 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 |  * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use | 
 | 1180 |  *	along with this structure. | 
 | 1181 |  * | 
 | 1182 |  * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. | 
 | 1183 |  * | 
 | 1184 |  * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb | 
 | 1185 |  *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) | 
 | 1186 |  * | 
 | 1187 |  * @channel_change_time: time (in microseconds) it takes to change channels. | 
 | 1188 |  * | 
| Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 |  * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used | 
 | 1190 |  *     only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 |  * | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 |  * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval | 
 | 1193 |  *     that HW supports | 
 | 1194 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 |  * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for | 
| Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 |  *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these | 
 | 1197 |  *	queues need to have configurable access parameters. | 
 | 1198 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 |  * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. | 
 | 1200 |  *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be | 
 | 1201 |  *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 |  * | 
 | 1203 |  * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | 
 | 1204 |  *	within &struct ieee80211_vif. | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 |  * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | 
 | 1206 |  *	within &struct ieee80211_sta. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 |  * | 
| Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 |  * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw | 
 | 1209 |  *	can handle. | 
 | 1210 |  * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages | 
 | 1211 |  *	the hw can report back. | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 |  * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 |  * | 
 | 1214 |  * @napi_weight: weight used for NAPI polling.  You must specify an | 
 | 1215 |  *	appropriate value here if a napi_poll operation is provided | 
 | 1216 |  *	by your driver. | 
| Randy Dunlap | 858022a | 2011-03-18 09:33:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 |  * | 
| Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 |  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of | 
 | 1219 |  *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver | 
 | 1220 |  *	aggregation. | 
 | 1221 |  *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the | 
 | 1222 |  *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering | 
 | 1223 |  *	it shouldn't be set. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 |  * | 
 | 1225 |  * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an | 
 | 1226 |  *	aggregate an HT driver will transmit, used by the peer as a | 
 | 1227 |  *	hint to size its reorder buffer. | 
| Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | struct ieee80211_hw { | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | 	struct ieee80211_conf conf; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | 	struct wiphy *wiphy; | 
| Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | 	const char *rate_control_algorithm; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | 	void *priv; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | 	u32 flags; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | 	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | 	int channel_change_time; | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | 	int vif_data_size; | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | 	int sta_data_size; | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | 	int napi_weight; | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | 	u16 queues; | 
| Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | 	u16 max_listen_interval; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | 	s8 max_signal; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | 	u8 max_rates; | 
| Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | 	u8 max_report_rates; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | 	u8 max_rate_tries; | 
| Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | 	u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; | 
| Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | 	u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | }; | 
 | 1249 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 9a95371 | 2009-01-22 15:05:53 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 |  * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy | 
 | 1252 |  * | 
 | 1253 |  * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query | 
 | 1254 |  * | 
 | 1255 |  * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective | 
 | 1256 |  * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private | 
 | 1257 |  * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should | 
 | 1258 |  * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this | 
 | 1259 |  * is already used internally by mac80211. | 
 | 1260 |  */ | 
 | 1261 | struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); | 
 | 1262 |  | 
 | 1263 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 |  * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware | 
 | 1265 |  * | 
 | 1266 |  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for | 
 | 1267 |  * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device | 
 | 1268 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) | 
 | 1270 | { | 
 | 1271 | 	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); | 
 | 1272 | } | 
 | 1273 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | /** | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 |  * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 |  * | 
 | 1277 |  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for | 
 | 1278 |  * @addr: the address to set | 
 | 1279 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 *addr) | 
 | 1281 | { | 
 | 1282 | 	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); | 
 | 1283 | } | 
 | 1284 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1286 | ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | 		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | 	if (WARN_ON(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | } | 
 | 1293 |  | 
 | 1294 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1295 | ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | 			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | 	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | } | 
 | 1302 |  | 
 | 1303 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | 
 | 1304 | ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | 	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | 		return NULL; | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; | 
| Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | } | 
 | 1311 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 6096de7 | 2011-11-04 11:18:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 |  * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb | 
 | 1314 |  * @hw: the hardware | 
 | 1315 |  * @skb: the skb | 
 | 1316 |  * | 
 | 1317 |  * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure | 
 | 1318 |  * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported. | 
 | 1319 |  */ | 
 | 1320 | void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
 | 1321 |  | 
 | 1322 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 |  * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 |  * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware | 
 | 1326 |  * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. | 
 | 1327 |  * | 
 | 1328 |  * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given | 
 | 1329 |  * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 |  * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL | 
 | 1331 |  * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to | 
 | 1332 |  * the station information for the peer for individual keys. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 |  * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when | 
 | 1334 |  * VLANs are configured for an access point. | 
 | 1335 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 |  * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx | 
 | 1337 |  * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf | 
 | 1338 |  * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. | 
 | 1339 |  * | 
 | 1340 |  * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if | 
 | 1341 |  * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be | 
 | 1342 |  * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the | 
 | 1343 |  * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range. | 
 | 1344 |  * | 
 | 1345 |  * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. | 
 | 1346 |  * | 
 | 1347 |  * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key | 
 | 1348 |  * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any | 
 | 1349 |  * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather | 
 | 1350 |  * based on the receive flags. | 
 | 1351 |  * | 
 | 1352 |  * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key | 
 | 1353 |  * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() | 
 | 1354 |  * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate | 
 | 1355 |  * keys. | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 |  * | 
 | 1357 |  * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption | 
 | 1358 |  * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key | 
 | 1359 |  * handler. | 
 | 1360 |  * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. | 
| Lucas De Marchi | 25985ed | 2011-03-30 22:57:33 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 |  * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 |  * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did | 
 | 1363 |  * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 |  * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 |  * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 |  * DOC: Powersave support | 
 | 1370 |  * | 
 | 1371 |  * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. | 
 | 1372 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 |  * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself, | 
 | 1374 |  * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware | 
 | 1375 |  * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode | 
 | 1376 |  * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. | 
 | 1377 |  * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, | 
 | 1378 |  * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required | 
 | 1379 |  * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when | 
 | 1380 |  * it finds traffic directed to it. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in | 
 | 1383 |  * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused | 
 | 1384 |  * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 |  * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it | 
 | 1386 |  * back to sleep at appropriate times. | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 |  * | 
 | 1388 |  * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the | 
 | 1389 |  * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be | 
 | 1390 |  * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 |  * | 
 | 1392 |  * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also | 
 | 1393 |  * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported | 
 | 1394 |  * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and | 
 | 1395 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still | 
| Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 |  * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle | 
 | 1397 |  * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 |  * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 |  * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the | 
 | 1401 |  * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a | 
 | 1402 |  * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to | 
 | 1403 |  * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when | 
 | 1404 |  * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle | 
 | 1405 |  * periods. | 
 | 1406 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 |  * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 |  * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS | 
 | 1409 |  * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, | 
 | 1410 |  * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the | 
 | 1411 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support | 
 | 1412 |  * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the | 
 | 1413 |  * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value | 
 | 1414 |  * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable | 
 | 1415 |  * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS | 
 | 1416 |  * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. | 
 | 1417 |  * | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | f90754c | 2010-06-21 08:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 |  * Some hardware need to toggle a single shared antenna between WLAN and | 
 | 1419 |  * Bluetooth to facilitate co-existence. These types of hardware set | 
 | 1420 |  * limitations on the use of host controlled dynamic powersave whenever there | 
 | 1421 |  * is simultaneous WLAN and Bluetooth traffic. For these types of hardware, the | 
 | 1422 |  * driver may request temporarily going into full power save, in order to | 
 | 1423 |  * enable toggling the antenna between BT and WLAN. If the driver requests | 
 | 1424 |  * disabling dynamic powersave, the @dynamic_ps_timeout value will be | 
 | 1425 |  * temporarily set to zero until the driver re-enables dynamic powersave. | 
 | 1426 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 |  * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling | 
 | 1428 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the | 
 | 1429 |  * uapsd paramater in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS | 
 | 1430 |  * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To | 
 | 1431 |  * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames | 
 | 1432 |  * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. | 
 | 1433 |  * | 
 | 1434 |  * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with | 
 | 1435 |  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 |  */ | 
 | 1437 |  | 
 | 1438 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 |  * DOC: Beacon filter support | 
 | 1440 |  * | 
 | 1441 |  * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups | 
| Justin P. Mattock | 42b2aa8 | 2011-11-28 20:31:00 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 |  * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 |  * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly | 
 | 1444 |  * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the | 
 | 1445 |  * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That | 
 | 1446 |  * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information | 
 | 1447 |  * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. | 
 | 1448 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 |  * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER | 
 | 1450 |  * hardware capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support | 
 | 1451 |  * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When | 
 | 1452 |  * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the | 
 | 1453 |  * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). | 
 | 1454 |  * | 
 | 1455 |  * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the | 
 | 1456 |  * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call | 
 | 1457 |  * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled | 
 | 1458 |  * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. | 
 | 1459 |  * | 
 | 1460 |  * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing | 
 | 1461 |  * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 | 
 | 1462 |  * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense | 
 | 1463 |  * that we want to see changes in them. This will include | 
 | 1464 |  *  - a list of information element IDs | 
 | 1465 |  *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element | 
 | 1466 |  * | 
 | 1467 |  * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the | 
 | 1468 |  * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense | 
 | 1469 |  * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device | 
 | 1470 |  * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all | 
 | 1471 |  * vendor information elements. | 
 | 1472 |  * | 
 | 1473 |  * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information | 
 | 1474 |  * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. | 
 | 1475 |  * | 
 | 1476 |  * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing | 
 | 1477 |  * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing | 
 | 1478 |  * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and | 
 | 1479 |  * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, | 
 | 1480 |  * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility | 
 | 1481 |  * it could also include some currently unused IDs. | 
 | 1482 |  * | 
 | 1483 |  * | 
 | 1484 |  * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the | 
 | 1485 |  * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming | 
 | 1486 |  * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of | 
 | 1487 |  * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when | 
 | 1488 |  * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above | 
 | 1489 |  * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be | 
 | 1490 |  * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement | 
 | 1491 |  * them as the roaming algorithm requires. | 
 | 1492 |  * | 
 | 1493 |  * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to | 
 | 1494 |  * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the | 
 | 1495 |  * signal strength threshold checking. | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 |  */ | 
 | 1497 |  | 
 | 1498 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 |  * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save | 
 | 1500 |  * | 
 | 1501 |  * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve | 
 | 1502 |  * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism | 
 | 1503 |  * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) | 
 | 1504 |  * "11.2.3 SM power save". | 
 | 1505 |  * | 
 | 1506 |  * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames | 
 | 1507 |  * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct | 
 | 1508 |  * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the | 
 | 1509 |  * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware | 
 | 1510 |  * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by | 
 | 1511 |  * hardware flags. | 
 | 1512 |  * | 
 | 1513 |  * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 | 
 | 1514 |  * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS | 
 | 1515 |  * turned off otherwise. | 
 | 1516 |  * | 
 | 1517 |  * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate | 
 | 1518 |  * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() | 
 | 1519 |  * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to | 
 | 1520 |  * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. | 
 | 1521 |  */ | 
 | 1522 |  | 
 | 1523 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 |  * DOC: Frame filtering | 
 | 1525 |  * | 
 | 1526 |  * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper | 
 | 1527 |  * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when | 
 | 1528 |  * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, | 
 | 1529 |  * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is | 
 | 1530 |  * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. | 
 | 1531 |  * | 
 | 1532 |  * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell | 
 | 1533 |  * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be | 
 | 1534 |  * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. | 
 | 1535 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 |  * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() | 
 | 1537 |  * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list | 
 | 1538 |  * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. | 
 | 1539 |  * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to | 
 | 1540 |  * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the | 
 | 1541 |  * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and | 
 | 1542 |  * @total_flags with the new flag states. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 |  * | 
 | 1544 |  * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will | 
 | 1545 |  * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count | 
 | 1546 |  * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted | 
 | 1547 |  * or dropped. | 
 | 1548 |  * | 
| Michael Buesch | d0f5afb | 2008-02-12 20:12:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 |  * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. | 
 | 1550 |  * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ | 
 | 1551 |  * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore | 
 | 1552 |  * the flag, but not clear it. | 
 | 1553 |  * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the | 
 | 1554 |  * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type | 
 | 1555 |  * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). | 
 | 1556 |  * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware | 
 | 1557 |  * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes | 
 | 1558 |  * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, | 
 | 1559 |  * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. | 
 | 1560 |  * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 |  */ | 
 | 1562 |  | 
 | 1563 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 |  * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients | 
 | 1565 |  * | 
 | 1566 |  * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for | 
 | 1567 |  * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD. | 
 | 1568 |  * There currently is no support for sAPSD. | 
 | 1569 |  * | 
 | 1570 |  * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client | 
 | 1571 |  * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time. | 
 | 1572 |  * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but | 
 | 1573 |  * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies | 
 | 1574 |  * the driver code. | 
 | 1575 |  * | 
 | 1576 |  * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete | 
 | 1577 |  * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set, | 
 | 1578 |  * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for | 
 | 1579 |  * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames. | 
 | 1580 |  * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of | 
 | 1581 |  * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't | 
 | 1582 |  * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD. | 
 | 1583 |  * | 
 | 1584 |  * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the | 
 | 1585 |  * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a | 
 | 1586 |  * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is, | 
 | 1587 |  * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is | 
 | 1588 |  * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this | 
 | 1589 |  * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to | 
 | 1590 |  * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will | 
 | 1591 |  * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The | 
 | 1592 |  * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its | 
 | 1593 |  * @sta_notify callback. | 
 | 1594 |  * | 
 | 1595 |  * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up, | 
 | 1596 |  * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period. | 
 | 1597 |  * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and | 
 | 1598 |  * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When | 
 | 1599 |  * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211 | 
 | 1600 |  * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames | 
 | 1601 |  * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit | 
 | 1602 |  * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE | 
 | 1603 |  * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only | 
 | 1604 |  * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to | 
 | 1605 |  * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have | 
 | 1606 |  * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS. | 
 | 1607 |  * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is | 
 | 1608 |  * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer. | 
 | 1609 |  * | 
 | 1610 |  * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi | 
 | 1611 |  * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up | 
 | 1612 |  * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being | 
 | 1613 |  * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong | 
 | 1614 |  * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be | 
 | 1615 |  * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to | 
 | 1616 |  * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can | 
 | 1617 |  * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it | 
 | 1618 |  * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames | 
 | 1619 |  * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again | 
 | 1620 |  * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked. | 
 | 1621 |  * | 
 | 1622 |  * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any | 
 | 1623 |  * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is | 
 | 1624 |  * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any | 
 | 1625 |  * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up | 
 | 1626 |  * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when | 
 | 1627 |  * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service | 
 | 1628 |  * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called | 
 | 1629 |  * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are | 
 | 1630 |  * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting | 
 | 1631 |  * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames, | 
 | 1632 |  * to help the @more_data paramter is passed to tell the driver if | 
 | 1633 |  * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames | 
 | 1634 |  * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the | 
 | 1635 |  * buffers for those TIDs contain. | 
 | 1636 |  * | 
 | 1637 |  * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may | 
 | 1638 |  * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must | 
 | 1639 |  * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that | 
 | 1640 |  * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid | 
 | 1641 |  * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released | 
 | 1642 |  * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() | 
 | 1643 |  * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway. | 
 | 1644 |  * | 
 | 1645 |  * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211 | 
 | 1646 |  * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags | 
 | 1647 |  * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) | 
 | 1648 |  * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame. | 
 | 1649 |  * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() in this case. | 
 | 1650 |  */ | 
 | 1651 |  | 
 | 1652 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 |  * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags | 
 | 1654 |  * | 
 | 1655 |  * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be | 
 | 1656 |  * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the | 
 | 1657 |  * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, | 
 | 1658 |  * but this has negative impact on power consumption. | 
 | 1659 |  * | 
 | 1660 |  * @FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS: promiscuous mode within your BSS, | 
 | 1661 |  *	think of the BSS as your network segment and then this corresponds | 
 | 1662 |  *	to the regular ethernet device promiscuous mode. | 
 | 1663 |  * | 
 | 1664 |  * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested | 
 | 1665 |  *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by | 
 | 1666 |  *	multicast address. | 
 | 1667 |  * | 
 | 1668 |  * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the | 
 | 1669 |  *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) | 
 | 1670 |  * | 
 | 1671 |  * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set | 
 | 1672 |  *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them | 
 | 1673 |  * | 
 | 1674 |  * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate | 
 | 1675 |  *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses | 
 | 1676 |  *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing | 
 | 1677 |  *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should | 
 | 1678 |  *	honour this flag if possible. | 
 | 1679 |  * | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 |  * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll), if PROMISC_IN_BSS | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 |  * 	is not set then only those addressed to this station. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 |  * | 
 | 1683 |  * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 |  * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames, if PROMISC_IN_BSS is not set then only | 
 | 1686 |  * 	those addressed to this station. | 
 | 1687 |  * | 
 | 1688 |  * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 |  */ | 
 | 1690 | enum ieee80211_filter_flags { | 
 | 1691 | 	FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS	= 1<<0, | 
 | 1692 | 	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1, | 
 | 1693 | 	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2, | 
 | 1694 | 	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3, | 
 | 1695 | 	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4, | 
 | 1696 | 	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5, | 
 | 1697 | 	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6, | 
| Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | 	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7, | 
| Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | 	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8, | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | }; | 
 | 1701 |  | 
 | 1702 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 |  * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions | 
 | 1704 |  * | 
 | 1705 |  * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in | 
 | 1706 |  * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. | 
| Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 |  * | 
 | 1708 |  * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation | 
 | 1709 |  * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 |  * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer | 
| Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 |  * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! | 
 | 1712 |  * | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start Rx aggregation | 
 | 1714 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop Rx aggregation | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start Tx aggregation | 
 | 1716 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP: stop Tx aggregation | 
| Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 |  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 |  */ | 
 | 1719 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { | 
 | 1720 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, | 
 | 1721 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, | 
 | 1723 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP, | 
| Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | }; | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 |  | 
 | 1727 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | b2abb6e | 2011-07-19 10:39:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 |  * enum ieee80211_tx_sync_type - TX sync type | 
 | 1729 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_AUTH: sync TX for authentication | 
 | 1730 |  *	(and possibly also before direct probe) | 
 | 1731 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_ASSOC: sync TX for association | 
 | 1732 |  * @IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_ACTION: sync TX for action frame | 
 | 1733 |  *	(not implemented yet) | 
 | 1734 |  */ | 
 | 1735 | enum ieee80211_tx_sync_type { | 
 | 1736 | 	IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_AUTH, | 
 | 1737 | 	IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_ASSOC, | 
 | 1738 | 	IEEE80211_TX_SYNC_ACTION, | 
 | 1739 | }; | 
 | 1740 |  | 
 | 1741 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 |  * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason | 
 | 1743 |  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 |  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to | 
 | 1745 |  *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 |  */ | 
 | 1747 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type { | 
 | 1748 | 	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL, | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | 	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD, | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 | }; | 
 | 1751 |  | 
 | 1752 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 |  * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver | 
 | 1754 |  * | 
 | 1755 |  * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may | 
 | 1756 |  * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure | 
 | 1757 |  * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. | 
 | 1758 |  * | 
 | 1759 |  * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. | 
 | 1760 |  *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. | 
 | 1761 |  *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on | 
| Johannes Berg | eefce91 | 2008-05-17 00:57:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 |  *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, | 
| Johannes Berg | 11127e9 | 2011-11-16 16:02:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 |  *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately. | 
 | 1764 |  *	This must be implemented if @tx_frags is not. | 
 | 1765 |  *	Must be atomic. | 
 | 1766 |  * | 
 | 1767 |  * @tx_frags: Called to transmit multiple fragments of a single MSDU. | 
 | 1768 |  *	This handler must consume all fragments, sending out some of | 
 | 1769 |  *	them only is useless and it can't ask for some of them to be | 
 | 1770 |  *	queued again. If the frame is not fragmented the queue has a | 
 | 1771 |  *	single SKB only. To avoid issues with the networking stack | 
 | 1772 |  *	when TX status is reported the frames should be removed from | 
 | 1773 |  *	the skb queue. | 
 | 1774 |  *	If this is used, the tx_info @vif and @sta pointers will be | 
 | 1775 |  *	invalid -- you must not use them in that case. | 
 | 1776 |  *	This must be implemented if @tx isn't. | 
 | 1777 |  *	Must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 |  * | 
 | 1779 |  * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware | 
 | 1780 |  *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on | 
 | 1781 |  *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) | 
 | 1782 |  *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, | 
 | 1783 |  *	or zero. | 
 | 1784 |  *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address | 
 | 1785 |  *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device | 
 | 1786 |  *	is added. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 |  * | 
 | 1789 |  * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware | 
 | 1790 |  *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least | 
 | 1791 |  *	it must turn off frame reception.) | 
 | 1792 |  *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 |  *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 1794 |  *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 |  * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and | 
 | 1798 |  *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then | 
 | 1799 |  *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is | 
 | 1800 |  *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and | 
 | 1801 |  *	reconfigured at resume time. | 
| Johannes Berg | 2b4562d | 2011-07-02 00:02:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 |  *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it | 
 | 1803 |  *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only | 
 | 1804 |  *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it | 
 | 1805 |  *	must return 1 from this function. | 
| Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 |  * | 
 | 1807 |  * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is | 
 | 1808 |  *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully | 
 | 1809 |  *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is | 
 | 1810 |  *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 | 
 | 1811 |  *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. | 
 | 1812 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 |  * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is | 
| Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 |  *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 |  *	and @stop must be implemented. | 
 | 1816 |  *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before | 
 | 1817 |  *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the | 
 | 1818 |  *	interface is given in the conf parameter. | 
 | 1819 |  *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a | 
 | 1820 |  *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 |  *	Must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 |  * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback | 
 | 1824 |  *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be | 
 | 1825 |  *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. | 
 | 1826 |  *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be | 
 | 1827 |  *	found by the interface iteration callbacks. | 
 | 1828 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 |  * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. | 
 | 1830 |  *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface | 
 | 1831 |  *	and no monitor interfaces are present. | 
 | 1832 |  *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware | 
 | 1833 |  *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, | 
 | 1834 |  *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the | 
 | 1835 |  *	MAC address of the device going away. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 |  *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 |  * | 
 | 1838 |  * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this | 
 | 1839 |  *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 |  *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 |  *	if it does. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 |  * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS | 
 | 1844 |  *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low | 
 | 1845 |  *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). | 
 | 1846 |  *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless | 
 | 1847 |  *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 |  *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback | 
 | 1849 |  *	can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | b2abb6e | 2011-07-19 10:39:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 |  * @tx_sync: Called before a frame is sent to an AP/GO. In the GO case, the | 
 | 1852 |  *	driver should sync with the GO's powersaving so the device doesn't | 
 | 1853 |  *	transmit the frame while the GO is asleep. In the regular AP case | 
 | 1854 |  *	it may be used by drivers for devices implementing other restrictions | 
 | 1855 |  *	on talking to APs, e.g. due to regulatory enforcement or just HW | 
 | 1856 |  *	restrictions. | 
 | 1857 |  *	This function is called for every authentication, association and | 
 | 1858 |  *	action frame separately since applications might attempt to auth | 
 | 1859 |  *	with multiple APs before chosing one to associate to. If it returns | 
 | 1860 |  *	an error, the corresponding authentication, association or frame | 
 | 1861 |  *	transmission is aborted and reported as having failed. It is always | 
 | 1862 |  *	called after tuning to the correct channel. | 
 | 1863 |  *	The callback might be called multiple times before @finish_tx_sync | 
 | 1864 |  *	(but @finish_tx_sync will be called once for each) but in practice | 
 | 1865 |  *	this is unlikely to happen. It can also refuse in that case if the | 
 | 1866 |  *	driver cannot handle that situation. | 
 | 1867 |  *	This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1868 |  * @finish_tx_sync: Called as a counterpart to @tx_sync, unless that returned | 
 | 1869 |  *	an error. This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1870 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 |  * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. | 
 | 1872 |  *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed | 
 | 1873 |  *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. | 
 | 1874 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 |  * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. | 
 | 1876 |  *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 |  *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 |  * | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 |  * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 |  * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 |  * | 
 | 1882 |  * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 |  *	This callback is only called between add_interface and | 
 | 1884 |  *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 |  *	is enabled. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 |  *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 |  * | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 |  * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | 
 | 1890 |  * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers | 
 | 1891 |  * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. | 
| Kalle Valo | eb807fb | 2010-01-24 14:55:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 |  *	The callback must be atomic. | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 |  * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the | 
 | 1895 |  *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data | 
 | 1896 |  *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter. | 
 | 1897 |  *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify | 
 | 1898 |  *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(). | 
 | 1899 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 |  * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 |  *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel | 
| Kalle Valo | 9050bdd | 2009-03-22 21:57:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 |  *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's | 
 | 1903 |  *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure | 
| Johannes Berg | de95a54 | 2009-04-01 11:58:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 |  *	that power save is disabled. | 
 | 1905 |  *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the | 
 | 1906 |  *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these | 
 | 1907 |  *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the | 
 | 1908 |  *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). | 
 | 1909 |  *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; | 
 | 1910 |  *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to | 
 | 1911 |  *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 |  * | 
| Eliad Peller | b856439 | 2011-06-13 12:47:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 |  * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan. | 
 | 1915 |  *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible), | 
 | 1916 |  *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call | 
 | 1917 |  *	ieee80211_scan_completed(). | 
 | 1918 |  *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new | 
 | 1919 |  *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended. | 
 | 1920 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
 | 1921 |  * | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 |  * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at | 
 | 1923 |  *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the | 
 | 1924 |  *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. | 
 | 1925 |  *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. | 
 | 1926 |  * | 
 | 1927 |  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. | 
 | 1928 |  * | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 |  * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan | 
 | 1930 |  *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 |  * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a | 
 | 1934 |  *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need | 
 | 1935 |  *	this notification. | 
 | 1936 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 |  * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. | 
 | 1939 |  * 	Returns zero if statistics are available. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 62da92f | 2007-12-19 02:03:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 |  * @get_tkip_seq: If your device implements TKIP encryption in hardware this | 
 | 1943 |  *	callback should be provided to read the TKIP transmit IVs (both IV32 | 
 | 1944 |  *	and IV16) for the given key from hardware. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 |  *	The callback must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 |  * | 
| Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 |  * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this | 
 | 1948 |  *	if the device does fragmentation by itself; if this callback is | 
 | 1949 |  *	implemented then the stack will not do fragmentation. | 
 | 1950 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
 | 1951 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 |  * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 |  * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, | 
 | 1956 |  *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1957 |  * | 
 | 1958 |  * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated | 
 | 1959 |  *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | 
 | 1960 |  * | 
 | 1961 |  * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 |  *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating | 
 | 1963 |  *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag | 
 | 1964 |  *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. | 
| Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 |  * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), | 
| Johannes Berg | fe3fa82 | 2008-09-08 11:05:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 |  *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 |  *	Returns a negative error code on failure. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 |  * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 |  *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 |  *	required function. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 |  * | 
 | 1976 |  * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. | 
 | 1977 |  *      Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a | 
| Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 |  *	required function. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 |  * | 
 | 1981 |  * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize | 
 | 1982 |  *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This | 
 | 1983 |  *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of | 
 | 1984 |  *	TSF synchronization. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 |  * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. | 
 | 1988 |  *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is | 
 | 1989 |  *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 |  *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | d3c990f | 2007-11-26 16:14:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 |  * | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 |  * @ampdu_action: Perform a certain A-MPDU action | 
 | 1994 |  * 	The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want | 
 | 1995 |  * 	the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through | 
 | 1996 |  * 	ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. Starting sequence number (@ssn) | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 |  * 	is the first frame we expect to perform the action on. Notice | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 |  * 	that TX/RX_STOP can pass NULL for this parameter. | 
| Johannes Berg | 0b01f03 | 2011-01-18 13:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 |  *	The @buf_size parameter is only valid when the action is set to | 
 | 2000 |  *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL and indicates the peer's reorder | 
| Johannes Berg | 5312c3f | 2011-04-01 13:52:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 |  *	buffer size (number of subframes) for this session -- the driver | 
 | 2002 |  *	may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than this | 
 | 2003 |  *	nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the | 
 | 2004 |  *	buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be | 
 | 2005 |  *	possible with a buf_size of 8: | 
 | 2006 |  *	 - TX: 1.....7 | 
 | 2007 |  *	 - RX:  2....7 (lost frame #1) | 
 | 2008 |  *	 - TX:        8..1... | 
 | 2009 |  *	which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the | 
 | 2010 |  *	buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: | 
 | 2011 |  *	 - TX:       1 or 18 or 81 | 
 | 2012 |  *	Even "189" would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. | 
 | 2013 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 |  *	Returns a negative error code on failure. | 
| Johannes Berg | 85ad181 | 2010-06-10 10:21:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 |  * | 
| Randy Dunlap | 4e8998f | 2010-05-21 11:28:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 |  * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information | 
 | 2018 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 |  * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also | 
 | 2020 |  *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, | 
 | 2021 |  *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 |  * | 
| Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 |  * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified | 
 | 2025 |  *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout | 
 | 2026 |  *	accordingly. This callback is not required and may sleep. | 
 | 2027 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 |  * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Wey-Yi Guy | 71063f0 | 2011-05-20 09:05:54 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 |  * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | a80f7c0 | 2009-12-23 13:15:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 |  * | 
 | 2032 |  * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure | 
 | 2033 |  *	that the hardware queues are empty. If the parameter @drop is set | 
| Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 |  *	to %true, pending frames may be dropped. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 |  * | 
 | 2036 |  * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel | 
 | 2037 |  *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this | 
 | 2038 |  *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate | 
 | 2039 |  *	completion of the channel switch. | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 |  * | 
 | 2041 |  * @napi_poll: Poll Rx queue for incoming data frames. | 
| Bruno Randolf | 79b1c46 | 2010-11-24 14:34:41 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 |  * | 
 | 2043 |  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. | 
 | 2044 |  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may | 
 | 2045 |  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL | 
 | 2046 |  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). | 
 | 2047 |  * | 
 | 2048 |  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). | 
| Johannes Berg | 4976b4e | 2011-01-04 13:02:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 |  * | 
 | 2050 |  * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must | 
 | 2051 |  *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note | 
 | 2052 |  *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw | 
 | 2053 |  *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted | 
 | 2054 |  *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the | 
 | 2055 |  *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call | 
 | 2056 |  *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). This callback may sleep. | 
 | 2057 |  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is | 
 | 2058 |  *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. | 
| John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 |  * | 
 | 2060 |  * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. | 
 | 2061 |  * | 
 | 2062 |  * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. | 
| Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 |  * | 
 | 2064 |  * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware | 
 | 2065 |  *	queues before entering power save. | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 |  * | 
 | 2067 |  * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection | 
 | 2068 |  *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. | 
 | 2069 |  *	The callback can sleep. | 
| Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 |  * @rssi_callback: Notify driver when the average RSSI goes above/below | 
 | 2071 |  *	thresholds that were registered previously. The callback can sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 |  * | 
 | 2073 |  * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given | 
 | 2074 |  *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for | 
 | 2075 |  *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver | 
 | 2076 |  *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD. | 
 | 2077 |  *	Note that if the @more_data paramter is %false the driver must check | 
 | 2078 |  *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than | 
 | 2079 |  *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in | 
 | 2080 |  *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the | 
 | 2081 |  *	more-data bit must always be set. | 
 | 2082 |  *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames | 
 | 2083 |  *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set. | 
| Johannes Berg | deeaee1 | 2011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 |  *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the | 
 | 2085 |  *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In | 
 | 2086 |  *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | 
 | 2087 |  *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll | 
 | 2088 |  *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple | 
 | 2089 |  *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 |  *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be | 
 | 2091 |  *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send | 
 | 2092 |  *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for | 
| Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 |  *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the | 
 | 2094 |  *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP | 
| Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 |  *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function | 
 | 2096 |  *	ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP. | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 |  *	This callback must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 |  * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames | 
 | 2099 |  *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211 | 
 | 2100 |  *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames | 
 | 2101 |  *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE flag set | 
 | 2102 |  *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case | 
 | 2103 |  *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder | 
 | 2104 |  *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | 
 | 2105 |  *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP | 
| Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 |  *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the | 
 | 2107 |  *	ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() function. | 
| Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 |  *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the | 
 | 2109 |  *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set. | 
 | 2110 |  *	This callback must be atomic. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | struct ieee80211_ops { | 
| Johannes Berg | 7bb4568 | 2011-02-24 14:42:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | 	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 11127e9 | 2011-11-16 16:02:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | 	void (*tx_frags)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2115 | 			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, struct sk_buff_head *skbs); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | 	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | 	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM | 
 | 2119 | 	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); | 
 | 2120 | 	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2121 | #endif | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | 	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | 	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2125 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 | 				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | 	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | 	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); | 
| Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | 	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2131 | 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2132 | 				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, | 
 | 2133 | 				 u32 changed); | 
| Johannes Berg | b2abb6e | 2011-07-19 10:39:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 |  | 
 | 2135 | 	int (*tx_sync)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2136 | 		       const u8 *bssid, enum ieee80211_tx_sync_type type); | 
 | 2137 | 	void (*finish_tx_sync)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2138 | 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2139 | 			       const u8 *bssid, | 
 | 2140 | 			       enum ieee80211_tx_sync_type type); | 
 | 2141 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | 	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Jiri Pirko | 22bedad | 2010-04-01 21:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | 				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | 	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2145 | 				 unsigned int changed_flags, | 
 | 2146 | 				 unsigned int *total_flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | 				 u64 multicast); | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | 	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2149 | 		       bool set); | 
| Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | 	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, | 
| Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | 		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
| Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | 		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | 	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | b3fbdcf | 2010-01-21 11:40:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2155 | 				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, | 
 | 2156 | 				struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2157 | 				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); | 
| Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | 	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2159 | 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2160 | 			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); | 
| Johannes Berg | a060bbf | 2010-04-27 11:59:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | 	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | 		       struct cfg80211_scan_request *req); | 
| Eliad Peller | b856439 | 2011-06-13 12:47:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | 	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2164 | 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | 	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2166 | 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2167 | 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, | 
 | 2168 | 				struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies *ies); | 
 | 2169 | 	void (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2170 | 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | 	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2172 | 	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | 	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2174 | 			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); | 
| Johannes Berg | 62da92f | 2007-12-19 02:03:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | 	void (*get_tkip_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 hw_key_idx, | 
 | 2176 | 			     u32 *iv32, u16 *iv16); | 
| Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | 	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 | 	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); | 
| Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | 	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2180 | 		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
 | 2181 | 	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2182 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | 	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | 			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | 
| Eliad Peller | 8a3a3c8 | 2011-10-02 10:15:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 | 	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2186 | 		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 queue, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); | 
| Eliad Peller | 37a41b4 | 2011-09-21 14:06:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | 	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2189 | 	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2190 | 			u64 tsf); | 
 | 2191 | 	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | 	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | 	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | 			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | 			    enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action, | 
| Johannes Berg | 0b01f03 | 2011-01-18 13:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, u16 *ssn, | 
 | 2197 | 			    u8 buf_size); | 
| Holger Schurig | 1289723 | 2010-04-19 10:23:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | 	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, | 
 | 2199 | 		struct survey_info *survey); | 
| Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | 	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | 	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 coverage_class); | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE | 
 | 2203 | 	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *data, int len); | 
| Wey-Yi Guy | 71063f0 | 2011-05-20 09:05:54 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | 	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, | 
 | 2205 | 			     struct netlink_callback *cb, | 
 | 2206 | 			     void *data, int len); | 
| Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | #endif | 
| Johannes Berg | a80f7c0 | 2009-12-23 13:15:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | 	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool drop); | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | 	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2210 | 			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | 	int (*napi_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int budget); | 
| Bruno Randolf | 15d9675 | 2010-11-10 12:50:56 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | 	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); | 
 | 2213 | 	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 |  | 
 | 2215 | 	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2216 | 				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, | 
 | 2217 | 				 enum nl80211_channel_type channel_type, | 
 | 2218 | 				 int duration); | 
 | 2219 | 	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | 	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); | 
 | 2221 | 	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2222 | 			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); | 
| Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | 	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | 	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2225 | 				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); | 
| Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | 	void (*rssi_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2227 | 			      enum ieee80211_rssi_event rssi_event); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | 	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2230 | 				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2231 | 				      u16 tids, int num_frames, | 
 | 2232 | 				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | 
 | 2233 | 				      bool more_data); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | 	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2235 | 					struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2236 | 					u16 tids, int num_frames, | 
 | 2237 | 					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | 
 | 2238 | 					bool more_data); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | }; | 
 | 2240 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | /** | 
 | 2242 |  * ieee80211_alloc_hw -  Allocate a new hardware device | 
 | 2243 |  * | 
 | 2244 |  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | 
 | 2245 |  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | 
 | 2246 |  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | 
 | 2247 |  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | 
 | 2248 |  * @priv_data_len. | 
 | 2249 |  * | 
 | 2250 |  * @priv_data_len: length of private data | 
 | 2251 |  * @ops: callbacks for this device | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 |  */ | 
 | 2253 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, | 
 | 2254 | 					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops); | 
 | 2255 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | /** | 
 | 2257 |  * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device | 
 | 2258 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | dbbea67 | 2008-02-26 14:34:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 |  * You must call this function before any other functions in | 
 | 2260 |  * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you | 
 | 2261 |  * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 |  * | 
 | 2263 |  * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 2264 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2266 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | /** | 
 | 2268 |  * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description | 
 | 2269 |  * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec | 
 | 2270 |  * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds | 
 | 2271 |  *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) | 
 | 2272 |  */ | 
 | 2273 | struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { | 
 | 2274 | 	int throughput; | 
 | 2275 | 	int blink_time; | 
 | 2276 | }; | 
 | 2277 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | /** | 
 | 2279 |  * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags | 
 | 2280 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio | 
 | 2281 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working | 
 | 2282 |  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one | 
 | 2283 |  *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP | 
 | 2284 |  */ | 
 | 2285 | enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { | 
 | 2286 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0), | 
 | 2287 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1), | 
 | 2288 | 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2), | 
 | 2289 | }; | 
 | 2290 |  | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2292 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2293 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | extern char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | extern char *__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger( | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | 				struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | 				const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | 
 | 2299 | 				unsigned int blink_table_len); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | #endif | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | /** | 
 | 2302 |  * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED | 
 | 2303 |  * | 
 | 2304 |  * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2305 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2306 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2307 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2308 |  * | 
 | 2309 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2310 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2312 | { | 
 | 2313 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2314 | 	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2315 | #else | 
 | 2316 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2317 | #endif | 
 | 2318 | } | 
 | 2319 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | /** | 
 | 2321 |  * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED | 
 | 2322 |  * | 
 | 2323 |  * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2324 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2325 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2326 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2327 |  * | 
 | 2328 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2329 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2331 | { | 
 | 2332 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2333 | 	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2334 | #else | 
 | 2335 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2336 | #endif | 
 | 2337 | } | 
 | 2338 |  | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | /** | 
 | 2340 |  * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED | 
 | 2341 |  * | 
 | 2342 |  * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2343 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2344 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2345 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2346 |  * | 
 | 2347 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2348 |  */ | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2350 | { | 
 | 2351 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2352 | 	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2353 | #else | 
 | 2354 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2355 | #endif | 
 | 2356 | } | 
 | 2357 |  | 
| Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | /** | 
 | 2359 |  * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED | 
 | 2360 |  * | 
 | 2361 |  * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware | 
 | 2362 |  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | 
 | 2363 |  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | 
 | 2364 |  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | 
 | 2365 |  * | 
 | 2366 |  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | 
 | 2367 |  */ | 
 | 2368 | static inline char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) | 
 | 2369 | { | 
 | 2370 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
 | 2371 | 	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); | 
 | 2372 | #else | 
 | 2373 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2374 | #endif | 
 | 2375 | } | 
| Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 |  * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger | 
 | 2379 |  * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 |  * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 |  * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput | 
 | 2382 |  * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table | 
 | 2383 |  * | 
 | 2384 |  * This function returns %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED | 
 | 2385 |  * triggers are configured) or the name of the new trigger. | 
 | 2386 |  * This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). | 
 | 2387 |  */ | 
 | 2388 | static inline char * | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | 				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | 
 | 2391 | 				 unsigned int blink_table_len) | 
 | 2392 | { | 
 | 2393 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | 
| Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | 	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, | 
| Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | 						  blink_table_len); | 
 | 2396 | #else | 
 | 2397 | 	return NULL; | 
 | 2398 | #endif | 
 | 2399 | } | 
 | 2400 |  | 
 | 2401 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 |  * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device | 
 | 2403 |  * | 
 | 2404 |  * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources | 
 | 2405 |  * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. | 
 | 2406 |  * | 
 | 2407 |  * @hw: the hardware to unregister | 
 | 2408 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2410 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | /** | 
 | 2412 |  * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor | 
 | 2413 |  * | 
 | 2414 |  * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the | 
 | 2415 |  * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 |  * before calling this function. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 |  * | 
 | 2418 |  * @hw: the hardware to free | 
 | 2419 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2421 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | f2753dd | 2009-04-14 10:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | /** | 
 | 2423 |  * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely | 
 | 2424 |  * | 
 | 2425 |  * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason | 
 | 2426 |  * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state | 
 | 2427 |  * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware | 
 | 2428 |  * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by | 
 | 2429 |  * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all | 
 | 2430 |  * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. | 
 | 2431 |  * | 
 | 2432 |  * @hw: the hardware to restart | 
 | 2433 |  */ | 
 | 2434 | void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2435 |  | 
| John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | /** ieee80211_napi_schedule - schedule NAPI poll | 
 | 2437 |  * | 
 | 2438 |  * Use this function to schedule NAPI polling on a device. | 
 | 2439 |  * | 
 | 2440 |  * @hw: the hardware to start polling | 
 | 2441 |  */ | 
 | 2442 | void ieee80211_napi_schedule(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2443 |  | 
 | 2444 | /** ieee80211_napi_complete - complete NAPI polling | 
 | 2445 |  * | 
 | 2446 |  * Use this function to finish NAPI polling on a device. | 
 | 2447 |  * | 
 | 2448 |  * @hw: the hardware to stop polling | 
 | 2449 |  */ | 
 | 2450 | void ieee80211_napi_complete(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 2451 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | /** | 
 | 2453 |  * ieee80211_rx - receive frame | 
 | 2454 |  * | 
 | 2455 |  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive | 
| Zhu Yi | e3cf8b3 | 2010-03-29 17:35:07 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 |  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a | 
 | 2457 |  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | 
 | 2458 |  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | 
 | 2459 |  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 |  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to | 
 | 2463 |  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | 
 | 2464 |  * mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 |  * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). | 
| Johannes Berg | d20ef63 | 2009-10-11 15:10:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2469 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 |  */ | 
| John W. Linville | 103bf9f | 2009-08-20 16:34:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 |  | 
 | 2473 | /** | 
 | 2474 |  * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame | 
 | 2475 |  * | 
 | 2476 |  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |  * (internally defers to a tasklet.) | 
 | 2478 |  * | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not | 
 | 2480 |  * be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 |  * | 
 | 2482 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2483 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 |  * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) | 
 | 2489 |  * | 
 | 2490 |  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context | 
 | 2491 |  * (internally disables bottom halves). | 
 | 2492 |  * | 
 | 2493 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may | 
 | 2494 |  * not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
 | 2495 |  * | 
 | 2496 |  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | 
 | 2497 |  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
 | 2498 |  */ | 
 | 2499 | static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2500 | 				   struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 2501 | { | 
 | 2502 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2503 | 	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); | 
 | 2504 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2505 | } | 
 | 2506 |  | 
| Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | /** | 
 | 2508 |  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta | 
 | 2509 |  * | 
 | 2510 |  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS | 
 | 2511 |  * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station | 
 | 2512 |  * entering/leaving PS mode. | 
 | 2513 |  * | 
 | 2514 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. | 
 | 2515 |  * | 
 | 2516 |  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against | 
 | 2517 |  * each other. | 
 | 2518 |  * | 
 | 2519 |  * The function returns -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. | 
 | 2520 |  * | 
 | 2521 |  * @sta: currently connected sta | 
 | 2522 |  * @start: start or stop PS | 
 | 2523 |  */ | 
 | 2524 | int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); | 
 | 2525 |  | 
 | 2526 | /** | 
 | 2527 |  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta | 
 | 2528 |  *                                  (in process context) | 
 | 2529 |  * | 
 | 2530 |  * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context | 
 | 2531 |  * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still | 
 | 2532 |  * applies. | 
 | 2533 |  * | 
 | 2534 |  * @sta: currently connected sta | 
 | 2535 |  * @start: start or stop PS | 
 | 2536 |  */ | 
 | 2537 | static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2538 | 						  bool start) | 
 | 2539 | { | 
 | 2540 | 	int ret; | 
 | 2541 |  | 
 | 2542 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2543 | 	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); | 
 | 2544 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2545 |  | 
 | 2546 | 	return ret; | 
 | 2547 | } | 
 | 2548 |  | 
| Gertjan van Wingerde | d24deb2 | 2009-12-04 23:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | /* | 
 | 2550 |  * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. | 
 | 2551 |  * This is enough for the radiotap header. | 
 | 2552 |  */ | 
| Helmut Schaa | 7f2a5e2 | 2011-10-11 18:08:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	14 | 
| Gertjan van Wingerde | d24deb2 | 2009-12-04 23:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 |  | 
| Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 |  * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames | 
| Randy Dunlap | bdfbe80 | 2011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 |  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station | 
| Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 |  * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames | 
 | 2559 |  * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 |  * | 
 | 2561 |  * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing | 
| Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 |  * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need | 
 | 2563 |  * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit. | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 |  * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are | 
 | 2566 |  * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data | 
 | 2567 |  * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim | 
 | 2568 |  * call! Beware of the locking!) | 
 | 2569 |  * | 
 | 2570 |  * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD) | 
 | 2571 |  * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are | 
 | 2572 |  * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes | 
 | 2573 |  * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data, | 
 | 2574 |  * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered | 
 | 2575 |  * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP). | 
 | 2576 |  * | 
 | 2577 |  * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per | 
 | 2578 |  * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since | 
 | 2579 |  * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the | 
 | 2580 |  * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that | 
 | 2581 |  * use this API. | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 2584 | 				u8 tid, bool buffered); | 
| Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 |  | 
 | 2586 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 |  * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback | 
 | 2588 |  * | 
 | 2589 |  * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been | 
 | 2590 |  * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for | 
 | 2591 |  * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. | 
 | 2592 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 |  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | 
 | 2594 |  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 |  * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() | 
 | 2596 |  * may not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2599 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | 			 struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 |  | 
 | 2604 | /** | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) | 
 | 2606 |  * | 
 | 2607 |  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. | 
 | 2608 |  * | 
 | 2609 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and | 
 | 2610 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed | 
 | 2611 |  * for a single hardware. | 
 | 2612 |  * | 
 | 2613 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2614 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
 | 2615 |  */ | 
 | 2616 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2617 | 					  struct sk_buff *skb) | 
 | 2618 | { | 
 | 2619 | 	local_bh_disable(); | 
 | 2620 | 	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); | 
 | 2621 | 	local_bh_enable(); | 
 | 2622 | } | 
 | 2623 |  | 
 | 2624 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 |  * | 
 | 2627 |  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context | 
 | 2628 |  * (internally defers to a tasklet.) | 
 | 2629 |  * | 
| Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 |  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and | 
 | 2631 |  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 |  * | 
 | 2633 |  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | 
 | 2634 |  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | 
| Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 |  */ | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | 				 struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 |  | 
 | 2639 | /** | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 8178d38 | 2011-04-18 14:22:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 |  * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station | 
 | 2641 |  * | 
 | 2642 |  * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding | 
 | 2643 |  * connected STA. | 
 | 2644 |  * | 
 | 2645 |  * @sta: the non-responding connected sta | 
 | 2646 |  * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response | 
 | 2647 |  */ | 
 | 2648 | void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); | 
 | 2649 |  | 
 | 2650 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 |  * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function | 
 | 2652 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 |  * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. | 
 | 2655 |  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | 
 | 2656 |  * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, | 
 | 2657 |  *	(including the ID and length bytes!). | 
 | 2658 |  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | 
 | 2659 |  * | 
 | 2660 |  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | 
 | 2661 |  * obtain the beacon frame/template. | 
 | 2662 |  * | 
 | 2663 |  * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2664 |  * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon | 
 | 2665 |  * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function | 
 | 2666 |  * before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). | 
 | 2667 |  * | 
 | 2668 |  * If the beacon frames are generated by the device, then the driver | 
 | 2669 |  * must use the returned beacon as the template and change the TIM IE | 
 | 2670 |  * according to the current DTIM parameters/TIM bitmap. | 
 | 2671 |  * | 
 | 2672 |  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | 
 | 2673 |  */ | 
 | 2674 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2675 | 					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2676 | 					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length); | 
 | 2677 |  | 
 | 2678 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 |  * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function | 
 | 2680 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 |  * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2686 | 						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 2687 | { | 
 | 2688 | 	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL); | 
 | 2689 | } | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 |  | 
 | 2691 | /** | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 |  * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template | 
 | 2693 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2694 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2695 |  * | 
 | 2696 |  * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to | 
 | 2697 |  * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller. | 
 | 2698 |  * | 
 | 2699 |  * Can only be called in AP mode. | 
 | 2700 |  */ | 
 | 2701 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2702 | 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2703 |  | 
 | 2704 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 |  * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template | 
 | 2706 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2707 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2708 |  * | 
 | 2709 |  * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to | 
 | 2710 |  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | 
 | 2711 |  * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. | 
 | 2712 |  * | 
 | 2713 |  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | 
 | 2714 |  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. | 
 | 2715 |  */ | 
 | 2716 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2717 | 				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2718 |  | 
 | 2719 | /** | 
 | 2720 |  * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template | 
 | 2721 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2722 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2723 |  * | 
 | 2724 |  * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to | 
 | 2725 |  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | 
 | 2726 |  * BSSID and address is used. | 
 | 2727 |  * | 
 | 2728 |  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | 
 | 2729 |  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. | 
 | 2730 |  */ | 
 | 2731 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2732 | 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 2733 |  | 
 | 2734 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 |  * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | 
 | 2736 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2737 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 2738 |  * @ssid: SSID buffer | 
 | 2739 |  * @ssid_len: length of SSID | 
 | 2740 |  * @ie: buffer containing all IEs except SSID for the template | 
 | 2741 |  * @ie_len: length of the IE buffer | 
 | 2742 |  * | 
 | 2743 |  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | 
 | 2744 |  * hardware. | 
 | 2745 |  */ | 
 | 2746 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2747 | 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 2748 | 				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, | 
 | 2749 | 				       const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len); | 
 | 2750 |  | 
 | 2751 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 |  * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function | 
 | 2753 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 |  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. | 
 | 2756 |  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 |  * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. | 
 | 2759 |  * | 
 | 2760 |  * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2761 |  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2762 |  * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | 
 | 2763 |  * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. | 
 | 2764 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | 		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | 		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts); | 
 | 2769 |  | 
 | 2770 | /** | 
 | 2771 |  * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame | 
 | 2772 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 |  * | 
 | 2777 |  * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | 
 | 2778 |  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2779 |  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | 
 | 2780 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2782 | 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | 			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 |  | 
 | 2785 | /** | 
 | 2786 |  * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function | 
 | 2787 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 |  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. | 
 | 2790 |  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 |  * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. | 
 | 2793 |  * | 
 | 2794 |  * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | 
 | 2795 |  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2796 |  * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | 
 | 2797 |  * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. | 
 | 2798 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2800 | 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | 			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | 			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts); | 
 | 2804 |  | 
 | 2805 | /** | 
 | 2806 |  * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame | 
 | 2807 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 |  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 |  * | 
 | 2812 |  * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | 
 | 2813 |  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | 
 | 2814 |  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | 
 | 2815 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2817 | 				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | 				    size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | 				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 |  | 
 | 2821 | /** | 
 | 2822 |  * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame | 
 | 2823 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 |  * @frame_len: the length of the frame. | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 |  * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 |  * | 
 | 2828 |  * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its | 
 | 2829 |  * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). | 
 | 2830 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 2832 | 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | 					size_t frame_len, | 
| Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | 					struct ieee80211_rate *rate); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 |  | 
 | 2836 | /** | 
 | 2837 |  * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames | 
 | 2838 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 |  * | 
 | 2841 |  * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If | 
 | 2842 |  * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast | 
 | 2843 |  * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host | 
 | 2844 |  * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered | 
 | 2845 |  * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. This | 
 | 2846 |  * function returns a pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more | 
 | 2847 |  * buffered frames are available. | 
 | 2848 |  * | 
 | 2849 |  * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was | 
 | 2850 |  * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus | 
 | 2851 |  * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns | 
 | 2852 |  * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver | 
 | 2853 |  * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to | 
 | 2854 |  * use common code for all beacons. | 
 | 2855 |  */ | 
 | 2856 | struct sk_buff * | 
| Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 |  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32 | 
 | 2861 |  * | 
 | 2862 |  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32. | 
 | 2863 |  * | 
 | 2864 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2865 |  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | 
 | 2866 |  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | 
 | 2867 |  */ | 
 | 2868 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2869 | 			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | 
 | 2870 |  | 
 | 2871 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 |  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 |  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken | 
 | 2875 |  * from the given packet. | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 |  * | 
 | 2877 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
| Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 |  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted | 
 | 2879 |  *	with this P1K | 
 | 2880 |  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2883 | 					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k) | 
 | 2884 | { | 
 | 2885 | 	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data; | 
 | 2886 | 	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control); | 
 | 2887 | 	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]); | 
 | 2888 |  | 
 | 2889 | 	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k); | 
 | 2890 | } | 
| Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 |  | 
 | 2892 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 8bca5d8 | 2011-07-13 19:50:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 |  * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX | 
 | 2894 |  * | 
 | 2895 |  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32 | 
 | 2896 |  * and transmitter address. | 
 | 2897 |  * | 
 | 2898 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2899 |  * @ta: TA that will be used with the key | 
 | 2900 |  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | 
 | 2901 |  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | 
 | 2902 |  */ | 
 | 2903 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2904 | 			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | 
 | 2905 |  | 
 | 2906 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 |  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key | 
 | 2908 |  * | 
 | 2909 |  * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values | 
 | 2910 |  * in the packet. | 
 | 2911 |  * | 
 | 2912 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2913 |  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be | 
 | 2914 |  *	encrypted with this key | 
 | 2915 |  * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes | 
 | 2916 |  */ | 
 | 2917 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2918 | 			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k); | 
| Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 |  | 
 | 2920 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 3ea542d | 2011-07-07 18:58:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 |  * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter | 
 | 2922 |  * | 
 | 2923 |  * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order | 
 | 2924 |  * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | 
 | 2925 |  *	reverse order than in packet) | 
 | 2926 |  * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | 
 | 2927 |  *	reverse order than in packet) | 
 | 2928 |  */ | 
 | 2929 | struct ieee80211_key_seq { | 
 | 2930 | 	union { | 
 | 2931 | 		struct { | 
 | 2932 | 			u32 iv32; | 
 | 2933 | 			u16 iv16; | 
 | 2934 | 		} tkip; | 
 | 2935 | 		struct { | 
 | 2936 | 			u8 pn[6]; | 
 | 2937 | 		} ccmp; | 
 | 2938 | 		struct { | 
 | 2939 | 			u8 pn[6]; | 
 | 2940 | 		} aes_cmac; | 
 | 2941 | 	}; | 
 | 2942 | }; | 
 | 2943 |  | 
 | 2944 | /** | 
 | 2945 |  * ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq - get key TX sequence counter | 
 | 2946 |  * | 
 | 2947 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2948 |  * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data | 
 | 2949 |  * | 
 | 2950 |  * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current TX IV/PN | 
 | 2951 |  * for the given key. It must not be called if IV generation is | 
 | 2952 |  * offloaded to the device. | 
 | 2953 |  * | 
 | 2954 |  * Note that this function may only be called when no TX processing | 
 | 2955 |  * can be done concurrently, for example when queues are stopped | 
 | 2956 |  * and the stop has been synchronized. | 
 | 2957 |  */ | 
 | 2958 | void ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2959 | 			      struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | 
 | 2960 |  | 
 | 2961 | /** | 
 | 2962 |  * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter | 
 | 2963 |  * | 
 | 2964 |  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | 
 | 2965 |  * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP only); | 
 | 2966 |  *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For | 
 | 2967 |  *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. | 
 | 2968 |  * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data | 
 | 2969 |  * | 
 | 2970 |  * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs | 
 | 2971 |  * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done | 
 | 2972 |  * by the device and not by mac80211. | 
 | 2973 |  * | 
 | 2974 |  * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing | 
 | 2975 |  * can be done concurrently. | 
 | 2976 |  */ | 
 | 2977 | void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | 
 | 2978 | 			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | 
 | 2979 |  | 
 | 2980 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 |  * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying | 
 | 2982 |  * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on | 
 | 2983 |  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association | 
 | 2984 |  * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying | 
 | 2985 |  * @gfp: allocation flags | 
 | 2986 |  */ | 
 | 2987 | void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid, | 
 | 2988 | 				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); | 
 | 2989 |  | 
| Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2990 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 |  * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue | 
 | 2992 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 2993 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 2994 |  * | 
 | 2995 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | 
 | 2996 |  */ | 
 | 2997 | void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 2998 |  | 
 | 2999 | /** | 
 | 3000 |  * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue | 
 | 3001 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 3002 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 3003 |  * | 
 | 3004 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 3005 |  */ | 
 | 3006 | void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 3007 |  | 
 | 3008 | /** | 
| Tomas Winkler | 92ab853 | 2008-07-24 21:02:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 |  * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue | 
 | 3010 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 3011 |  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | 
 | 3012 |  * | 
 | 3013 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 3014 |  */ | 
 | 3015 |  | 
 | 3016 | int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | 
 | 3017 |  | 
 | 3018 | /** | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 |  * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues | 
 | 3020 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 3021 |  * | 
 | 3022 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. | 
 | 3023 |  */ | 
 | 3024 | void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3025 |  | 
 | 3026 | /** | 
 | 3027 |  * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues | 
 | 3028 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 3029 |  * | 
 | 3030 |  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. | 
 | 3031 |  */ | 
 | 3032 | void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3033 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | /** | 
 | 3035 |  * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan | 
 | 3036 |  * | 
 | 3037 |  * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is | 
 | 3038 |  * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify | 
| Johannes Berg | 8789d45 | 2010-08-26 13:30:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 |  * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from | 
 | 3040 |  * any context, including hardirq context. | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 |  * | 
 | 3042 |  * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 |  * @aborted: set to true if scan was aborted | 
| Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 2a51931 | 2009-02-10 21:25:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool aborted); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | /** | 
| Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 |  * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan | 
 | 3049 |  * | 
 | 3050 |  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the | 
 | 3051 |  * driver whenever there are new scan results available. | 
 | 3052 |  * | 
 | 3053 |  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | 
 | 3054 |  */ | 
 | 3055 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3056 |  | 
 | 3057 | /** | 
 | 3058 |  * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped | 
 | 3059 |  * | 
 | 3060 |  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by | 
 | 3061 |  * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. | 
 | 3062 |  * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan | 
 | 3063 |  * while associating, for instance. | 
 | 3064 |  * | 
 | 3065 |  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | 
 | 3066 |  */ | 
 | 3067 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3068 |  | 
 | 3069 | /** | 
| Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 |  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3071 |  * | 
 | 3072 |  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | 
 | 3073 |  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 |  * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator | 
 | 3075 |  * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can | 
 | 3076 |  * be used. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 2944f45 | 2010-09-14 18:37:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 |  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface() | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 |  * | 
 | 3079 |  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 |  * @iterator: the iterator function to call | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 |  * @data: first argument of the iterator function | 
 | 3082 |  */ | 
 | 3083 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3084 | 					 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | 
| Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | 						struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | 
| Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | 					 void *data); | 
 | 3087 |  | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | /** | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 |  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces | 
 | 3090 |  * | 
 | 3091 |  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | 
 | 3092 |  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | 
 | 3093 |  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | 
 | 3094 |  * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. | 
| Felix Fietkau | 2944f45 | 2010-09-14 18:37:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 |  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface() | 
| Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 |  * | 
 | 3097 |  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | 
 | 3098 |  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | 
 | 3099 |  * @data: first argument of the iterator function | 
 | 3100 |  */ | 
 | 3101 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3102 | 						void (*iterator)(void *data, | 
 | 3103 | 						    u8 *mac, | 
 | 3104 | 						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | 
 | 3105 | 						void *data); | 
 | 3106 |  | 
 | 3107 | /** | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 |  * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 3109 |  * | 
 | 3110 |  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. | 
 | 3111 |  * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. | 
 | 3112 |  * | 
 | 3113 |  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | 
 | 3114 |  * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 3115 |  */ | 
 | 3116 | void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); | 
 | 3117 |  | 
 | 3118 | /** | 
 | 3119 |  * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 3120 |  * | 
 | 3121 |  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 | 
 | 3122 |  * workqueue. | 
 | 3123 |  * | 
 | 3124 |  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | 
 | 3125 |  * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue | 
 | 3126 |  * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing | 
 | 3127 |  */ | 
 | 3128 | void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3129 | 				  struct delayed_work *dwork, | 
 | 3130 | 				  unsigned long delay); | 
 | 3131 |  | 
 | 3132 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 |  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 |  * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 |  * @tid: the TID to BA on. | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 |  * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) | 
| Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 |  * | 
 | 3138 |  * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 |  * | 
 | 3140 |  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | 
 | 3141 |  * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | 
 | 3142 |  * will be managed by the mac80211. | 
 | 3143 |  */ | 
| Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, | 
 | 3145 | 				  u16 timeout); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 |  | 
 | 3147 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 |  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 |  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. | 
 | 3151 |  * @tid: the TID to BA on. | 
 | 3152 |  * | 
 | 3153 |  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 |  * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called | 
 | 3155 |  * from any context. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | 				      u16 tid); | 
 | 3159 |  | 
 | 3160 | /** | 
 | 3161 |  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 |  * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 |  * @tid: the TID to stop BA. | 
| Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 |  * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 |  * | 
 | 3167 |  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | 
 | 3168 |  * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | 
 | 3169 |  * will be managed by the mac80211. | 
 | 3170 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 |  | 
 | 3173 | /** | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 |  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 |  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. | 
 | 3177 |  * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. | 
 | 3178 |  * | 
 | 3179 |  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | 
| Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 |  * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It | 
 | 3181 |  * can be called from any context. | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, | 
| Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | 				     u16 tid); | 
 | 3185 |  | 
| Mohamed Abbas | 84363e6 | 2008-04-04 16:59:58 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 |  * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station | 
 | 3188 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 |  * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 |  * @addr: station's address | 
 | 3191 |  * | 
 | 3192 |  * This function must be called under RCU lock and the | 
 | 3193 |  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. | 
 | 3194 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
| Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | 					 const u8 *addr); | 
 | 3197 |  | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | /** | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 |  * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 |  * | 
 | 3201 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 |  * @addr: remote station's address | 
 | 3203 |  * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 |  * | 
 | 3205 |  * This function must be called under RCU lock and the | 
 | 3206 |  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. | 
 | 3207 |  * | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 |  * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get | 
 | 3209 |  *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. | 
 | 3210 |  *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple | 
 | 3211 |  *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another | 
 | 3212 |  *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). | 
 | 3213 |  *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL | 
 | 3214 |  *      is not reliable. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 |  * | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 |  * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 |  */ | 
| Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3219 | 					       const u8 *addr, | 
 | 3220 | 					       const u8 *localaddr); | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 |  | 
 | 3222 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | af81858 | 2009-11-06 11:35:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 |  * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up | 
 | 3224 |  * @hw: the hardware | 
 | 3225 |  * @pubsta: the station | 
 | 3226 |  * @block: whether to block or unblock | 
 | 3227 |  * | 
 | 3228 |  * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues | 
 | 3229 |  * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before | 
 | 3230 |  * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be | 
 | 3231 |  * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected | 
 | 3232 |  * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. | 
 | 3233 |  * | 
 | 3234 |  * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free | 
 | 3235 |  * manner. | 
 | 3236 |  * | 
 | 3237 |  * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames | 
 | 3238 |  * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not | 
 | 3239 |  * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call | 
 | 3240 |  * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to | 
 | 3241 |  * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the | 
 | 3242 |  * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must | 
 | 3243 |  * call this function again to unblock the station. That will | 
 | 3244 |  * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if | 
 | 3245 |  * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also | 
 | 3246 |  * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver | 
 | 3247 |  * will be notified that the station woke up some time after | 
 | 3248 |  * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually | 
 | 3249 |  * woke up while blocked or not. | 
 | 3250 |  */ | 
 | 3251 | void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3252 | 			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); | 
 | 3253 |  | 
 | 3254 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 |  * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP | 
 | 3256 |  * @pubsta: the station | 
 | 3257 |  * | 
 | 3258 |  * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell | 
 | 3259 |  * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the | 
 | 3260 |  * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead. | 
 | 3261 |  * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD. | 
 | 3262 |  * | 
 | 3263 |  * Note that there is no non-_irqsafe version right now as | 
 | 3264 |  * it wasn't needed, but just like _tx_status() and _rx() | 
 | 3265 |  * must not be mixed in irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this | 
 | 3266 |  * function must not be mixed with those either. Use the | 
 | 3267 |  * all irqsafe, or all non-irqsafe, don't mix! If you need | 
 | 3268 |  * the non-irqsafe version of this, you need to add it. | 
 | 3269 |  */ | 
 | 3270 | void ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); | 
 | 3271 |  | 
 | 3272 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 830af02 | 2011-07-05 16:35:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 |  * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device | 
 | 3274 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 3275 |  * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all | 
 | 3276 |  * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key | 
 | 3277 |  * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function | 
 | 3278 |  * | 
 | 3279 |  * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to | 
 | 3280 |  * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into | 
 | 3281 |  * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device | 
 | 3282 |  * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due | 
 | 3283 |  * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few | 
 | 3284 |  * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep. | 
| Johannes Berg | f850e00 | 2011-07-13 19:50:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 |  * | 
 | 3286 |  * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order | 
 | 3287 |  * in which they were originally installed and handed to the | 
 | 3288 |  * set_key callback. | 
| Johannes Berg | 830af02 | 2011-07-05 16:35:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 |  */ | 
 | 3290 | void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3291 | 			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3292 | 			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3293 | 				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3294 | 				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3295 | 				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | 
 | 3296 | 				      void *data), | 
 | 3297 | 			 void *iter_data); | 
 | 3298 |  | 
 | 3299 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a619a4c | 2010-11-11 08:50:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 |  * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | 
 | 3301 |  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | 
 | 3302 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3303 |  * | 
 | 3304 |  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | 
 | 3305 |  * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate | 
 | 3306 |  * information. This function must only be called from within the | 
 | 3307 |  * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function | 
 | 3308 |  * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return | 
 | 3309 |  * NULL. | 
 | 3310 |  */ | 
 | 3311 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | 
 | 3312 | 					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3313 |  | 
 | 3314 | /** | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 |  * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons | 
 | 3316 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 |  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER and | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the | 
| Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 |  * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. | 
 | 3322 |  */ | 
 | 3323 | void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | /** | 
 | 3326 |  * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP | 
 | 3327 |  * | 
 | 3328 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3329 |  * | 
| Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 |  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER, and | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 |  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver | 
 | 3332 |  * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. | 
 | 3333 |  * | 
 | 3334 |  * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, | 
 | 3335 |  * without connection recovery attempts. | 
 | 3336 |  */ | 
 | 3337 | void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3338 |  | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 95acac6 | 2011-07-12 12:30:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 |  * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume | 
 | 3341 |  * | 
 | 3342 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3343 |  * | 
 | 3344 |  * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume. | 
 | 3345 |  * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the | 
 | 3346 |  * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were | 
 | 3347 |  * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or | 
 | 3348 |  * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume. | 
 | 3349 |  * | 
 | 3350 |  * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses | 
 | 3351 |  * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface | 
 | 3352 |  * will still be added as associated first during resume and then | 
 | 3353 |  * disconnect normally later. | 
 | 3354 |  * | 
 | 3355 |  * This function can only be called from the resume callback and | 
 | 3356 |  * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it | 
 | 3357 |  * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the | 
 | 3358 |  * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto). | 
 | 3359 |  */ | 
 | 3360 | void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3361 |  | 
 | 3362 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | f90754c | 2010-06-21 08:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 |  * ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps - force mac80211 to temporarily disable dynamic psm | 
 | 3364 |  * | 
 | 3365 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3366 |  * | 
 | 3367 |  * Some hardware require full power save to manage simultaneous BT traffic | 
 | 3368 |  * on the WLAN frequency. Full PSM is required periodically, whenever there are | 
 | 3369 |  * burst of BT traffic. The hardware gets information of BT traffic via | 
 | 3370 |  * hardware co-existence lines, and consequentially requests mac80211 to | 
 | 3371 |  * (temporarily) enter full psm. | 
 | 3372 |  * This function will only temporarily disable dynamic PS, not enable PSM if | 
 | 3373 |  * it was not already enabled. | 
 | 3374 |  * The driver must make sure to re-enable dynamic PS using | 
 | 3375 |  * ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps() if the driver has disabled it. | 
 | 3376 |  * | 
 | 3377 |  */ | 
 | 3378 | void ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3379 |  | 
 | 3380 | /** | 
 | 3381 |  * ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps - restore dynamic psm after being disabled | 
 | 3382 |  * | 
 | 3383 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3384 |  * | 
 | 3385 |  * This function restores dynamic PS after being temporarily disabled via | 
 | 3386 |  * ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps(). Each ieee80211_disable_dyn_ps() call must | 
 | 3387 |  * be coupled with an eventual call to this function. | 
 | 3388 |  * | 
 | 3389 |  */ | 
 | 3390 | void ieee80211_enable_dyn_ps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3391 |  | 
 | 3392 | /** | 
| Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 |  * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring | 
 | 3394 |  *	rssi threshold triggered | 
 | 3395 |  * | 
 | 3396 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3397 |  * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type | 
 | 3398 |  * @gfp: context flags | 
 | 3399 |  * | 
 | 3400 |  * When the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality | 
 | 3401 |  * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform | 
 | 3402 |  * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. | 
 | 3403 |  */ | 
 | 3404 | void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3405 | 			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, | 
 | 3406 | 			       gfp_t gfp); | 
 | 3407 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3408 | /** | 
| Eliad Peller | 1d34d10 | 2011-06-06 12:59:29 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 |  * ieee80211_get_operstate - get the operstate of the vif | 
 | 3410 |  * | 
 | 3411 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3412 |  * | 
 | 3413 |  * The driver might need to know the operstate of the net_device | 
 | 3414 |  * (specifically, whether the link is IF_OPER_UP after resume) | 
 | 3415 |  */ | 
 | 3416 | unsigned char ieee80211_get_operstate(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
 | 3417 |  | 
 | 3418 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 |  * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process | 
 | 3420 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3421 |  * @success: make the channel switch successful or not | 
 | 3422 |  * | 
 | 3423 |  * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel | 
 | 3424 |  * and wake up the suspended queues. | 
 | 3425 |  */ | 
 | 3426 | void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success); | 
 | 3427 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | /** | 
 | 3429 |  * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition | 
 | 3430 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
| Johannes Berg | 633dd1e | 2010-08-18 15:01:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3431 |  * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode | 
| Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 |  * | 
 | 3433 |  * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed | 
 | 3434 |  * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than | 
 | 3435 |  * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. | 
 | 3436 |  */ | 
 | 3437 | void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3438 | 			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); | 
 | 3439 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 | /** | 
 | 3441 |  * ieee80211_key_removed - disable hw acceleration for key | 
 | 3442 |  * @key_conf: The key hw acceleration should be disabled for | 
 | 3443 |  * | 
 | 3444 |  * This allows drivers to indicate that the given key has been | 
 | 3445 |  * removed from hardware acceleration, due to a new key that | 
 | 3446 |  * was added. Don't use this if the key can continue to be used | 
 | 3447 |  * for TX, if the key restriction is on RX only it is permitted | 
 | 3448 |  * to keep the key for TX only and not call this function. | 
 | 3449 |  * | 
 | 3450 |  * Due to locking constraints, it may only be called during | 
 | 3451 |  * @set_key. This function must be allowed to sleep, and the | 
 | 3452 |  * key it tries to disable may still be used until it returns. | 
 | 3453 |  */ | 
 | 3454 | void ieee80211_key_removed(struct ieee80211_key_conf *key_conf); | 
 | 3455 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | /** | 
 | 3457 |  * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start | 
 | 3458 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 3459 |  */ | 
 | 3460 | void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3461 |  | 
 | 3462 | /** | 
 | 3463 |  * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired | 
 | 3464 |  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | 
 | 3465 |  */ | 
 | 3466 | void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | 
 | 3467 |  | 
| Shahar Levi | f41ccd7 | 2011-05-22 16:10:21 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | /** | 
 | 3469 |  * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions | 
 | 3470 |  * | 
 | 3471 |  * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device | 
 | 3472 |  * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba | 
 | 3473 |  * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs | 
 | 3474 |  * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)." | 
 | 3475 |  * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and | 
 | 3476 |  * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation. | 
 | 3477 |  * | 
 | 3478 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3479 |  * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid | 
 | 3480 |  * @addr: & to bssid mac address | 
 | 3481 |  */ | 
 | 3482 | void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap, | 
 | 3483 | 				  const u8 *addr); | 
 | 3484 |  | 
| Felix Fietkau | 8c77124 | 2011-08-20 15:53:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | /** | 
 | 3486 |  * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame | 
 | 3487 |  * | 
 | 3488 |  * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder | 
 | 3489 |  * buffer. | 
 | 3490 |  * | 
 | 3491 |  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | 
 | 3492 |  * @ra: the peer's destination address | 
 | 3493 |  * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session | 
 | 3494 |  * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver | 
 | 3495 |  */ | 
 | 3496 | void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn); | 
 | 3497 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | /* Rate control API */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | /** | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 |  * enum rate_control_changed - flags to indicate which parameter changed | 
 | 3502 |  * | 
 | 3503 |  * @IEEE80211_RC_HT_CHANGED: The HT parameters of the operating channel have | 
 | 3504 |  *	changed, rate control algorithm can update its internal state if needed. | 
| Johannes Berg | 1d8d3de | 2011-12-16 15:28:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 |  * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed, the rate | 
 | 3506 |  *	control algorithm needs to adjust accordingly. | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 |  */ | 
 | 3508 | enum rate_control_changed { | 
| Johannes Berg | 1d8d3de | 2011-12-16 15:28:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3509 | 	IEEE80211_RC_HT_CHANGED		= BIT(0), | 
 | 3510 | 	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1), | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | }; | 
 | 3512 |  | 
 | 3513 | /** | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 |  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 |  * | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 |  * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. | 
 | 3517 |  * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. | 
 | 3518 |  * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration | 
 | 3519 |  * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate | 
 | 3520 |  *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and | 
 | 3521 |  *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network. | 
 | 3522 |  * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the | 
 | 3523 |  *	RTS threshold | 
 | 3524 |  * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission | 
 | 3525 |  *	if the selected rate supports it | 
 | 3526 |  * @max_rate_idx: user-requested maximum rate (not MCS for now) | 
| Jouni Malinen | 37eb0b1 | 2010-01-06 13:09:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 |  *	(deprecated; this will be removed once drivers get updated to use | 
 | 3528 |  *	rate_idx_mask) | 
 | 3529 |  * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested rate mask (not MCS for now) | 
| Johannes Berg | e25cf4a | 2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 |  * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs | 
 | 3531 |  *	to be filled in | 
| Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 |  * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 |  */ | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3534 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { | 
 | 3535 | 	struct ieee80211_hw *hw; | 
 | 3536 | 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; | 
 | 3537 | 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; | 
 | 3538 | 	struct sk_buff *skb; | 
 | 3539 | 	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; | 
 | 3540 | 	bool rts, short_preamble; | 
 | 3541 | 	u8 max_rate_idx; | 
| Jouni Malinen | 37eb0b1 | 2010-01-06 13:09:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | 	u32 rate_idx_mask; | 
| Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | 	bool bss; | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | }; | 
 | 3545 |  | 
 | 3546 | struct rate_control_ops { | 
 | 3547 | 	struct module *module; | 
 | 3548 | 	const char *name; | 
 | 3549 | 	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | 	void (*free)(void *priv); | 
 | 3551 |  | 
 | 3552 | 	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); | 
 | 3553 | 	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3554 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); | 
| Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | 	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3556 | 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
| Sujith | 4fa0043 | 2010-03-01 14:42:57 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | 			    void *priv_sta, u32 changed, | 
 | 3558 | 			    enum nl80211_channel_type oper_chan_type); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | 	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3560 | 			 void *priv_sta); | 
 | 3561 |  | 
 | 3562 | 	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3563 | 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3564 | 			  struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | 	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3566 | 			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 |  | 
 | 3568 | 	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3569 | 				struct dentry *dir); | 
 | 3570 | 	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta); | 
 | 3571 | }; | 
 | 3572 |  | 
 | 3573 | static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3574 | 				 enum ieee80211_band band, | 
 | 3575 | 				 int index) | 
 | 3576 | { | 
 | 3577 | 	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); | 
 | 3578 | } | 
 | 3579 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 4c6d4f5 | 2009-07-16 10:05:41 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 | /** | 
 | 3581 |  * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames | 
 | 3582 |  * | 
 | 3583 |  * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to | 
 | 3584 |  * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw | 
 | 3585 |  * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate | 
 | 3586 |  * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return. | 
 | 3587 |  * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is | 
 | 3588 |  * not null. | 
 | 3589 |  * | 
 | 3590 |  * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of | 
 | 3591 |  * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this. | 
 | 3592 |  * | 
 | 3593 |  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note | 
 | 3594 |  * 	that this may be null. | 
 | 3595 |  * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null. | 
 | 3596 |  * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211. | 
 | 3597 |  */ | 
 | 3598 | bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | 
 | 3599 | 			   void *priv_sta, | 
 | 3600 | 			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | 
 | 3601 |  | 
 | 3602 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | static inline s8 | 
 | 3604 | rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3605 | 		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | 
 | 3606 | { | 
 | 3607 | 	int i; | 
 | 3608 |  | 
 | 3609 | 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | 
 | 3610 | 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | 
 | 3611 | 			return i; | 
 | 3612 |  | 
 | 3613 | 	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 54d5026 | 2011-11-04 18:07:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | 	WARN_ON_ONCE(1); | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 54d5026 | 2011-11-04 18:07:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | 	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */ | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | 	return 0; | 
 | 3618 | } | 
 | 3619 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | b770b43 | 2009-07-16 10:15:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | static inline | 
 | 3621 | bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | 
 | 3622 | 			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | 
 | 3623 | { | 
 | 3624 | 	unsigned int i; | 
 | 3625 |  | 
 | 3626 | 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | 
 | 3627 | 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | 
 | 3628 | 			return true; | 
 | 3629 | 	return false; | 
 | 3630 | } | 
| Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 |  | 
 | 3632 | int ieee80211_rate_control_register(struct rate_control_ops *ops); | 
 | 3633 | void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(struct rate_control_ops *ops); | 
 | 3634 |  | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | static inline bool | 
 | 3636 | conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3637 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT20; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | } | 
 | 3640 |  | 
 | 3641 | static inline bool | 
 | 3642 | conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3643 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | } | 
 | 3646 |  | 
 | 3647 | static inline bool | 
 | 3648 | conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3649 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | 	return conf->channel_type == NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | } | 
 | 3652 |  | 
 | 3653 | static inline bool | 
 | 3654 | conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3655 | { | 
 | 3656 | 	return conf_is_ht40_minus(conf) || conf_is_ht40_plus(conf); | 
 | 3657 | } | 
 | 3658 |  | 
 | 3659 | static inline bool | 
 | 3660 | conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | 
 | 3661 | { | 
| Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | 	return conf->channel_type != NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; | 
| Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | } | 
 | 3664 |  | 
| Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | 
 | 3666 | ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) | 
 | 3667 | { | 
 | 3668 | 	if (p2p) { | 
 | 3669 | 		switch (type) { | 
 | 3670 | 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: | 
 | 3671 | 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; | 
 | 3672 | 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: | 
 | 3673 | 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; | 
 | 3674 | 		default: | 
 | 3675 | 			break; | 
 | 3676 | 		} | 
 | 3677 | 	} | 
 | 3678 | 	return type; | 
 | 3679 | } | 
 | 3680 |  | 
 | 3681 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | 
 | 3682 | ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | 
 | 3683 | { | 
 | 3684 | 	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); | 
 | 3685 | } | 
 | 3686 |  | 
| Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3688 | 				   int rssi_min_thold, | 
 | 3689 | 				   int rssi_max_thold); | 
 | 3690 |  | 
 | 3691 | void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | 
| Arik Nemtsov | 768db34 | 2011-09-28 14:12:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 |  | 
 | 3693 | int ieee80211_add_srates_ie(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb); | 
 | 3694 |  | 
 | 3695 | int ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | 
 | 3696 | 				struct sk_buff *skb); | 
| Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |